WO2020044975A1 - Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device - Google Patents

Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020044975A1
WO2020044975A1 PCT/JP2019/030718 JP2019030718W WO2020044975A1 WO 2020044975 A1 WO2020044975 A1 WO 2020044975A1 JP 2019030718 W JP2019030718 W JP 2019030718W WO 2020044975 A1 WO2020044975 A1 WO 2020044975A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
resin composition
mass
colored resin
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/030718
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
琢実 鈴木
茉優 松葉
Original Assignee
株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル filed Critical 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル
Priority to JP2020540198A priority Critical patent/JP7308842B2/en
Priority to CN201980054340.3A priority patent/CN112585507B/en
Publication of WO2020044975A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020044975A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/20Filters
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/032Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders
    • G03F7/033Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with binders the binders being polymers obtained by reactions only involving carbon-to-carbon unsaturated bonds, e.g. vinyl polymers

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a cured product, a color filter, and a display device.
  • Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, in the formation of a color image of a liquid crystal display device, light that has passed through a color filter is directly colored into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and light of those colors is combined to form a color image. In an organic light emitting display device, a color filter is used for color adjustment and the like.
  • the color filter mainly includes a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate, a light-shielding layer disposed between the colored layers, and a transparent electrode layer formed on the colored layer.
  • the coloring layer can be formed, for example, by applying a coloring resin composition containing a coloring material and a binder component on a substrate, patterning the coating by a photolithography method, and then performing a heat treatment (post-baking).
  • C.I. As the red coloring material used for the red coloring layer, C.I. has been conventionally used because it has a high coloring power and can form a high-luminance coloring layer.
  • Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as CI Pigment Red 254 are used.
  • diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments when the pigment is refined for high contrast, during high-temperature heating in the color filter manufacturing process, the pigment particles are likely to aggregate or crystal grow, after the heating process, There is a problem that particles derived from the pigment precipitate on the surface of the coloring layer like a foreign substance, thereby lowering the brightness and contrast or being recognized as a defect.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a method for selecting or designing a pigment derivative that gives a pigment composition having good dispersibility in a pigment composition obtained by treating a pigment with a pigment derivative. Measuring or calculating, and selecting a pigment derivative from the measured or calculated numerical value of the dipole moment, or designing the pigment derivative from the numerical value of the dipole moment, a pigment derivative comprising: Is described.
  • the coloring layer containing the pigment derivative tends to have lower optical characteristics than the coloring layer not containing the pigment derivative, and particularly tends to have lower luminance and contrast.
  • the present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and provides a colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast is suppressed. The purpose is to do.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a cured product of the colored resin composition.
  • the present invention provides a color filter having a coloring layer formed using the colored resin composition, in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and a decrease in luminance and a decrease in contrast are suppressed. It is an object to provide a display device having a filter.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a polymer (A), a polymerizable compound (B), a polymerization initiator (C), and a coloring material (D),
  • the color material (D) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1).
  • the cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the coloring layers is a cured product of the coloring resin composition according to the present invention. There is a feature.
  • a display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • a colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast is suppressed.
  • a cured product of the colored resin composition can be provided.
  • a color filter having a colored layer formed using the colored resin composition, in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and a decrease in luminance and a decrease in contrast are suppressed, and A display device having the color filter can be provided.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the display device of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
  • light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and furthermore, radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 ⁇ m or less and an electron beam.
  • (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl
  • (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacryloyl
  • (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a polymer (A), a polymerizable compound (B), a polymerization initiator (C), and a coloring material (D),
  • the color material (D) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1).
  • a colored layer formed using a conventional colored resin composition containing a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is likely to be agglomerated or crystallized by heat because the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is easily heat-treated at the time of forming the colored layer ( At the time of (post-baking), compounds derived from the coloring material are precipitated, and as a result, the optical characteristics are deteriorated, such as a decrease in luminance and contrast, and are also detected as irregularities in the appearance inspection. There is a problem that the yield of the color filter products is lowered.
  • the addition of the pigment derivative is effective.
  • the addition amount of the pigment derivative is increased in order to sufficiently suppress the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material.
  • optical characteristics such as luminance and contrast are lowered. Therefore, it has been difficult to suppress the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material in the red coloring layer containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment without impairing the optical characteristics.
  • the coloring material (D) is a C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red 291 (PR291) and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) are included in combination, whereby precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and reduction in luminance and contrast is suppressed. Colored layer can be formed. Further, the colored layer formed using the colored resin composition according to the present invention can suppress the surface of the colored layer from being roughened by suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material. A colored layer having high property and low surface roughness can be formed, and the leveling property of the colored layer can be improved.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains the polymer (A), the polymerizable compound (B), the polymerization initiator (C), and the coloring material (D), and the effect of the present invention is impaired. Unless otherwise specified, other components may be further contained as necessary.
  • the polymer (A), the polymerizable compound (B), and the polymerization initiator (C) contained in the colored resin composition according to the present invention serve as a binder component of the colored resin composition to form a film or adhere to a surface to be coated. Imparts properties.
  • a binder component used for forming a coloring layer of a conventionally known color filter can be appropriately used, and is not particularly limited. For example, visible light, ultraviolet light, and polymerized and cured by an electron beam or the like. And a thermosetting binder component which can be polymerized and cured by heating, and a mixture thereof can also be used.
  • thermosetting binder component a polymer which may have a thermopolymerizable functional group as the polymer (A), a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group in a molecule as the polymerizable compound (B), and a polymer
  • the initiator (C) include a system containing at least a thermopolymerization initiator including a curing agent that reacts with the thermopolymerizable functional group.
  • the thermopolymerizable functional group include an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a hydroxyl group.
  • a photosensitive binder component having alkali developability is preferably used.
  • a thermosetting binder component may be further used as the photosensitive binder component.
  • the photosensitive binder component include a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component.
  • the positive photosensitive binder component for example, an alkali-soluble resin as the polymer (A), a compound having a bond capable of being cleaved by an acid in the molecule and an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymerizable compound (B) may be used.
  • the initiator (C) examples include a system containing a thermal radical polymerization initiator and a photoacid generator.
  • a thermal radical polymerization initiator As the negative photosensitive binder component, an alkali-soluble resin as the polymer (A), a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as the polymerizable compound (B), and a photopolymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator (C)
  • a system containing at least is preferably used.
  • the binder component contained in the colored resin composition according to the present invention the negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process.
  • an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is suitably used as the polymer (A).
  • the alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is soluble in an alkali developer used for forming a pattern.
  • the alkali-soluble resin can be determined based on an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more.
  • Examples of the acidic group of the alkali-soluble resin include a carboxy group.
  • Examples of the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group.
  • Examples of the carboxy group-containing copolymer include an acryl-based copolymer having a carboxy group and an acryl-based copolymer such as a styrene-acryl-based copolymer having a carboxy group.
  • particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group on the side chain and further having an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated group means a group containing a radically polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond, and includes, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allyl group.
  • these acrylic copolymers, acrylic copolymers such as styrene-acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination of two or more.
  • Acrylic copolymers such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group are, for example, carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and can be copolymerized if necessary.
  • carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer examples include (meth) acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer.
  • an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ⁇ -carboxy-polycaprolactone mono ( (Meth) acrylate and the like can also be used.
  • anhydride-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used as a precursor of the carboxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable in terms of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate.
  • a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group in the alkali-soluble resin shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling off from the substrate is eased, and substrate adhesion is improved.
  • an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer is improved, and it is particularly preferable in that the swelling of the colored layer is suppressed.
  • a hydrocarbon ring include a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and a combination thereof. May have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, and an amide group.
  • hydrocarbon ring examples include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane.
  • Ring aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, and fluorene
  • chain polycyclic ring such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene; and cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene) Is mentioned.
  • an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring is preferable in that the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved and the luminance of the obtained colored layer is improved.
  • a fluorene skeleton represented by the following chemical formula (i) contains a structure in which two benzene rings are bonded (a cardo structure)
  • the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and the swelling of NMP in particular is improved.
  • the hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group, or may be contained as a divalent or higher valent group.
  • cardo resin in the present invention The exact mechanism of the resin having the cardo structure (referred to as cardo resin in the present invention) is unknown, but is considered to be highly sensitive to radicals because the fluorene skeleton contains a ⁇ -conjugated system. Above all, by combining an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator with a cardo resin, required performance such as sensitivity, developability, and development adhesion can be improved. Further, since the cardo resin has high solvent resolubility, it is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored resin composition having no aggregate can be designed even at a high color density.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention apart from the structural unit having a carboxy group, it is easy to adjust the amount of each structural unit by using an acrylic copolymer having the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, This is preferable because the function of the structural unit can be easily improved by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
  • the acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the above-mentioned hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the aforementioned “other copolymerizable monomer”. Can be.
  • ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring used for the alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring for example, from the viewpoint of a combination with a compound (E) having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group described below, Cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, a monomer having the cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like Can be preferably used, and precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is easily suppressed.
  • cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and benzyl (meth) acrylate are particularly preferred.
  • Styrene a monomer having said cardo structure and an ethylenic unsaturated group are preferred.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resins or the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer can form a cross-linking bond.
  • the film strength of the cured film is further improved so that the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, so that the adhesion to the substrate is improved.
  • a method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods.
  • a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, is added to the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into a side chain is added to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into a side chain.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group, such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate.
  • the constituent unit having an ester group not only functions as a component for suppressing alkali solubility of the colored resin composition, but also functions as a component for improving solubility in a solvent and further improving solvent resolubility.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may be an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer or a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
  • an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. More preferably, there is.
  • the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can have desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of a monomer for deriving each structural unit.
  • the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass.
  • the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less, chipping of the pattern and roughening of the pattern surface hardly occur at the time of development with an alkaline developer.
  • the copolymerization ratio is a value calculated from the charged amounts of the respective monomers.
  • an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin, an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond are used.
  • the charged amount of the monomer having both of the above is preferably from 10% by weight to 95% by weight, and more preferably from 15% by weight to 90% by weight based on 100% by weight of the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. More preferably, there is.
  • the preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, the curability of the coating film is sufficiently obtained.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
  • acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group examples include, for example, those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • the epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited.
  • Acrylate compounds are suitable.
  • the epoxy compound, the unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and the acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
  • those containing the cardo structure in the molecule improve the effect of suppressing display defects, improve the curability of the colored layer, and improve the remaining of the colored layer. It is preferable because the film ratio increases.
  • the alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for a developer.
  • the carboxy group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for a developer and adhesion to a substrate.
  • the acid value can be measured according to JIS K0070.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin is 100 or more from the viewpoint that the film strength of the cured film is improved and the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound can be further suppressed. It is preferably in the range of 2000 or less, and particularly preferably in the range of 140 or more and 1500 or less. When the equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated bond is 100 or more, development resistance and adhesion are excellent.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
  • W represents the mass (g) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer
  • M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g). Represents.
  • the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with, for example, a test method of element number as described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. It is in the range of from 40 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass.
  • the content of the alkali-soluble resin is equal to or more than the lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is equal to or less than the upper limit, film roughness or chipping of a pattern during development. Is easy to control.
  • the solid content is all other than the solvent, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
  • the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the colored resin composition is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Preferably it is 10 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is at least the above lower limit, sufficient curing can be obtained, and peeling of the coating film of the patterned colored resin composition can be suppressed.
  • the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is equal to or less than the upper limit, peeling due to curing shrinkage can be suppressed.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes, as the polymer (A), for example, phenol resin, urea resin, diallyl phthalate resin, melamine resin, guanamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, amino alkyd It may contain a thermosetting polymer such as a resin, a melamine-urea cocondensation resin, a silicon resin, and a polysiloxane resin.
  • the polymer (A) for example, phenol resin, urea resin, diallyl phthalate resin, melamine resin, guanamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, amino alkyd
  • a thermosetting polymer such as a resin, a melamine-urea cocondensation resin, a silicon resin, and a polysiloxane resin.
  • the said polymer (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
  • the content of the polymer in the colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less, preferably 10 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 50 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymer is equal to or more than the lower limit, a decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the content of the polymer is equal to or less than the upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. .
  • the polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a polymerization initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermopolymerizable compound can be used.
  • a thermopolymerizable compound a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group such as a carboxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group in a molecule can be used.
  • thermopolymerizable compound a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, it can be used as a thermopolymerizable compound.
  • a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photopolymerization initiator described later is particularly preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process.
  • a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule can be used as the photopolymerizable compound.
  • the photopolymerizable compound a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule is particularly preferable.
  • Such a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include, for example, those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination.
  • the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate has three or more polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional).
  • poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and modified products of dicarboxylic acids thereof include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate.
  • the content of the polymerizable compound in the colored resin composition is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 60 parts by mass, and more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • the content is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass and even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass.
  • the polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of various conventionally known initiators.
  • Examples of the polymerization initiator include a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator, and specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
  • the photopolymerization initiator among others, the effect of curing the film surface is high, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of chipping of the pattern, and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain, and the effect of suppressing the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound are high. It is preferable to include an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator. Further, when two or more oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators are used in combination, the precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material can be further suppressed. Therefore, it is preferable to use two or more oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators. .
  • oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of reducing the contamination of the colored resin composition and the contamination of the device by the decomposition product, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. It is more preferable to have a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
  • Examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator include JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-523338, and JP-A-2013-041153. And the like.
  • oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator As the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator, among others, it is possible to use an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical, and further to use an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical. Excellent curability even for colored resin compositions with a high colorant concentration to achieve high resistance to development, excellent resistance to development of patterns, suppression of occurrence of chipping of patterns, excellent suppression of water stains, precipitation of compounds derived from colorants Is preferred because it is easily suppressed. It is presumed that the radical transfer is more easily activated in the alkyl radical than in the aryl radical.
  • Examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical include ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime ) (Trade name "Irgacure OXE-02", manufactured by BASF), methanone, [8-[[(acetyloxy) imino] [2- (2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy) phenyl] methyl]- 11- (2-ethylhexyl) -11H-benzo [a] carbazol-5-yl]-, (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) (trade name “Irgacure OXE-03”, manufactured by BASF), ethanone, 1 -[9-ethyl-6- (1,3-dioxolan, 4- (2-methoxyphenoxy) -9H-carbazol-3-yl
  • examples of the initiator that generates a phenyl radical include Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF). Further, examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton include Adeka Aquel's NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA) and TR-PBG-3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials).
  • An oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton is preferable because it can easily improve the luminance of the colored layer as compared with a case having a carbazole skeleton.
  • a polymerization initiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the polymerization initiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure which is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and the sensitivity can be improved. is there.
  • Commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF).
  • 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone for example, trade name “Irgacure 369”, manufactured by BASF
  • 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone for example, the trade name is “High Cure ABP”, manufactured by Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator in the colored resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, the amount is not more than part by mass.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator is equal to or higher than the lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the polymerization initiator is equal to or lower than the upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed, and the stability with time is maintained. Can be.
  • the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator is used in order to sufficiently exhibit the combined effect of these polymerization initiators. Is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 12.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 1.0 to 8 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, the amount is within the range of 0 parts by mass or less.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains at least C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) in combination with a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1), thereby suppressing the deposition of a compound derived from a coloring material due to heating (in the present invention, the The effect may be referred to as a suppression effect.) Therefore, in the colored layer formed using the colored resin composition according to the present invention, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is suppressed, and as a result, the decrease in luminance and contrast is also suppressed.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain another coloring material as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • C. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) is a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment.
  • PR291 has a single color of bluish red, has relatively strong coloring power, and has high luminance. Furthermore, PR291 is a conventional diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment such as C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and the like also tend to have good contrast.
  • PR291 has a transmittance of 610 nm to 780 nm of 90% or more and a transmittance of 380 nm of 50% when a transmittance of 430 nm is 1% in a spectral transmittance spectrum of a visible light region of 380 nm to 780 nm. And the transmittance at 500 nm is 10% or less.
  • PR291 In order to form a coating film of PR291 alone and measure the color, PR291 is mixed with an appropriate dispersing agent, a binder component and a solvent to prepare a coating solution, which is coated on a transparent substrate, dried, and dried. It may be cured accordingly.
  • a binder component a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermo-curable resin composition as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing color measurement can be formed. May be used.
  • a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry containing a dispersant and a binder component for example, a film having a thickness of 2.0 ⁇ m and a transmittance of a spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 nm to 780 nm of 95% or more is a standard.
  • the spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer (for example, Olympus microspectrophotometer OSP-SP200).
  • PR291 a commercial product can be used as PR291.
  • PR291 for example, CINIC Chemicals Co., Ltd., product name Cinelex DPP Red MT-CF and the like can be mentioned.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) can be synthesized with reference to, for example, Japanese Patent No. 5619729.
  • the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in a total of 100% by mass of the PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1), the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1)
  • the ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass, from the viewpoint that precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is easily suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast of the colored layer is easily suppressed. More preferably, it is at least 30% by mass, more preferably at most 25% by mass.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes PR291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention, so that the colored layer has a desired chromaticity. May further contain another different color material.
  • the other color material is not particularly limited as long as a desired color can be formed when a colored layer is formed, and is not particularly limited.
  • Various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes, alone or A mixture of more than one species can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high coloring properties and high heat resistance.
  • the organic pigment used as the another coloring material for example, another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment different from PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) can be preferably used.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention may further include another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment by including PR291 in combination with the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1).
  • precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material can be suppressed.
  • Specific examples of the other diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. I. Pigment Red 255, C.I. I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 270, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71, and C.I. I. Pigment Orange 73 and the like.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains the another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment as the coloring material (D), PR291 and the chemical formula (D1) are used in 100% by mass of the total of the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment. Is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more. Thereby, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the decrease in luminance and contrast of the colored layer is easily suppressed.
  • the upper limit of the total proportion of the PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in the total of 100% by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is not particularly limited, but is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of being used in combination with a pyrrolopyrrole-based pigment, the content is preferably 99% by mass or less, and may be 95% by mass or less.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention may contain a red coloring material other than the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as the coloring material (D).
  • red coloring materials other than diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include C.I. I.
  • the dispersible dye examples include a dye that is dispersible by insolubilizing it in a solvent, by adding various substituents to the dye, or using a known lake formation (chlorination) technique, or a solvent having low solubility. Dyes which can be dispersed by using them in combination are exemplified. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with a dispersant described below, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
  • the dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes.
  • dyes examples include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • azo dyes metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
  • the amount of the dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or the mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye is dispersible in the solvent (or the mixed solvent).
  • the coloring material (D) used in the present invention may further contain a yellow coloring material for toning.
  • the yellow colorant used in the present invention is selected from, for example, the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (I) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. At least one kind of anion and at least one kind of metal ion selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn; And a yellow colorant (D2) containing the compound represented by the following formula:
  • the yellow color material (D2) is preferable because it hardly grows crystals and hardly precipitates a compound derived from the color material.
  • Ra is each independently -OH, -NH 2 , -NH-CN, an acylamino group, an alkylamino group or an arylamino group, and R b is each independently -OH or —NH 2.
  • R c is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention is a yellow color material selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn among the yellow color materials (D2).
  • a yellow color material (D2) containing at least two kinds of selected metal ions the P / V ratio ((mass of the color material component in the composition) / (the color material component other than the color material component in the composition) Even if the (solid content mass) ratio is suppressed, a red pixel included in the red chromaticity region with high color density can be produced.
  • the total content of the coloring material components in the colored resin composition can be suppressed, the content of the binder component can be relatively increased, so that the plate making property is improved and the adhesion to the substrate is improved. It is possible to form a higher colored layer.
  • the acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (I) includes, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an alkyl, a phenyl, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted by naphthyl, an alkyl group Phenyl, or a sulfamoyl group which may be substituted with naphthyl; an alkyl, a guanyl group which may be substituted with phenyl or naphthyl.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with at least one of halogen such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • halogen such as F, Cl, and Br
  • the phenyl group and the naphthyl group include, for example, halogen such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a 1 to 6 carbon atom. It may be substituted with at least one of the following alkoxy groups.
  • the alkyl group in the alkylamino group in the general formula (I) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with at least one of halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • halogens such as F, Cl, and Br
  • —OH, —CN —NH 2
  • alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms examples include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group.
  • These aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, and —CN.
  • R a independently, -OH, -NH 2
  • R a is -NH-CN, or alkylamino it is preferable from the viewpoint comprising a reddish hue, the two R a may be different even in the same, respectively.
  • two Ra are, particularly from the viewpoint of hue, when both are —OH, when both are —NH—CN, or one is —OH and one is —NH— More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
  • R b is more preferably both —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
  • the at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn a metal which becomes a divalent or trivalent cation is preferred. It is preferable to include at least one kind, more preferably at least one kind selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and further preferably contains at least Ni.
  • the yellow color material (D2) is composed of Cd, Co, Al, and Cr from the viewpoint that a colored layer with high luminance is obtained, the crystal growth of the color material is suppressed, and the P / V ratio can be suppressed.
  • Ni and Cd Ni and Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn , Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn
  • at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Ni and further selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe.
  • at least one metal it is preferable that the at least two kinds of metals are Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
  • the content ratio of the metal may be appropriately adjusted.
  • the yellow color material (D2) is selected from the group consisting of Ni and Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn in terms of reddish hue.
  • Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn Is preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90.
  • Ni and Zn are contained in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90, more preferably in a molar ratio of 80:20 to 20:80. preferable.
  • Ni and Cu are preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 96: 4 to 20:80, from the viewpoint of reddish hue. preferable.
  • the yellow color material (D2) has a reddish hue, even if the P / V ratio is suppressed, it is easy to produce a red pixel included in a red chromaticity region having a high color density.
  • the yellow color material (D2) may further contain a metal ion different from the ion of the specific metal, for example, Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La. At least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of:
  • the yellow color material (D2) includes at least two kinds of metal ions in the case where at least two kinds of metal ions are included in a common crystal lattice, and one case where one kind of ion is included in another crystal lattice.
  • a case where at least two kinds of metal ions are included in a common crystal lattice is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the contrast.
  • the yellow coloring material (D2) comprises a metal complex composed of an anion of the azo compound represented by the general formula (I) or an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof and a specific metal ion, and the general formula (II) And a complex molecule with the compound represented by The bonds between these molecules can be formed, for example, by intermolecular interactions, by Lewis acid-base interactions, or by coordination bonds. Further, the structure may be like an inclusion compound in which a guest molecule is incorporated in a lattice constituting a host molecule. Alternatively, the two substances may form a co-crystal and form a mixed substitution crystal in which atoms of the second component are located at regular lattice positions of the first component.
  • the alkyl group for R c in the general formula (II) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group may be substituted with an —OH group.
  • R c is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • the content of the compound represented by the general formula (II) is generally based on 1 mol of the azo compound represented by the general formula (I) and the azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. 5 mol or more and 300 mol or less, preferably 10 mol or more and 250 mol or less, more preferably 100 mol or more and 200 mol or less.
  • the yellow colorant (D2) further includes urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazolone.
  • urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazolone.
  • Benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline-6-sulfonic acid, carbazole, carbazole-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyquinoline, 2,4-dihydroxy Quinoline, caprolactam, melamine, 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, 6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, cyanuric acid, etc. Is also good.
  • the yellow colorant (D2) further includes a water-soluble polymer, for example, ethylene-propylene oxide-block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl- And modified cellulose such as ethylhydroxyethylcellulose.
  • a water-soluble polymer for example, ethylene-propylene oxide-block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl- And modified cellulose such as ethylhydroxyethylcellulose.
  • the yellow color material (D2) can be prepared by referring to, for example, JP-A-2014-12838.
  • the content of the yellow color material (D2) in the total 100% by mass of the color material (D) is determined by adjusting the chromaticity and the luminance. It is preferably 0.5% by mass or more from the viewpoint of compatibility, and on the other hand, preferably 20% by mass or less and 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of easy chromaticity adjustment within the intended range. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the yellow coloring material (D2) is 100 masses in total of PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1). It is preferably 1% by mass or more based on parts.
  • the content of the yellow colorant (D2) is 10% by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the total of PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1).
  • the effect of suppressing precipitation by the yellow color material (D2) is obtained.
  • the coloring resin composition according to the present invention contains another coloring material different from PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1)
  • the coloring resin composition may be used in combination with the another coloring material.
  • PR291 and the above-mentioned chemical formula (D1) in the total of 100% by mass of the coloring material (D) from the viewpoint that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is easily suppressed while obtaining the effect, and the decrease in the luminance and the contrast of the coloring layer is easily suppressed.
  • the total content with the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, while the other colorant is sufficiently contained. In view of this, it is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the average primary particle size of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when a colored layer is formed.
  • the thickness is preferably in the range of not less than 100 nm and not more than 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of not less than 15 nm and not more than 60 nm.
  • a display device including a color filter manufactured using the colored resin composition of the present invention can have high contrast and high quality. .
  • the average dispersed particle size of the colorant varies depending on the type of the colorant used, but is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm.
  • the average dispersed particle size of the coloring material is a dispersed particle size of the coloring material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. As the measurement of the particle size by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the colorant dispersion is appropriately diluted with a solvent used for the colored resin composition to a concentration measurable by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times).
  • the average distribution particle size is a volume average particle size.
  • the content of the coloring material in the colored resin composition is preferably from 15 parts by mass to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably from 30 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Is more preferable.
  • the content of the coloring material is equal to or more than the above lower limit, desired optical characteristics are obtained, a desired function is exhibited, and when the content of the coloring material is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the coloring material-derived compound Precipitation is easily suppressed, poor curing can be suppressed, and patterning of the coating film of the colored resin composition becomes easy.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention may further include a compound having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group (hereinafter, this compound is referred to as a “precipitation inhibiting compound”). This is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material caused by the heat treatment (post-baking) and improving the brightness and contrast of the colored layer.
  • the precipitation inhibiting compound is a compound having at least one fluorocarbon group and at least one crosslinked cycloaliphatic group in the molecule.
  • the fluorocarbon group of the precipitation suppressing compound tends to move to the surface of the coating film when heat is applied, it is considered that the precipitation suppressing compound moves toward the surface of the coating film during heat treatment.
  • the crosslinked cycloaliphatic group of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is bulky, the crosslinked cycloaliphatic group existing near the surface of the coating film is colored even if the coloring material-derived compound reaches near the surface. It is considered that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is suppressed by blocking the compound derived from the material. In addition, it is presumed that the crystal growth itself of the coloring material is suppressed near the surface of the coating film.
  • compounds derived from coloring materials tend to collect in the coating film at locations where the film strength is weak, but due to the bulky cross-linked cycloaliphatic groups present near the surface of the coating film, the film strength decreases near the coating surface. Is suppressed, and the concentration of compounds derived from the coloring material is also suppressed.
  • the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material in the colored layer can be suppressed by including the precipitation inhibiting compound.
  • the fact that the compound has a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group can be confirmed from 1 H- and 13 C-NMR spectra measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus.
  • the fluorocarbon group contained in the precipitation-inhibiting compound means a group having a structure in which at least a part of a hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom.
  • a fluorocarbon group is a compound in which a part of a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom is a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (however, a fluorine atom is excluded), a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an alkoxy group, an ether group, an amino group, It may be substituted with various substituents such as a nitrile group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group or a carbonyl-containing group such as an ester group, an amino group, an acyl group, an amide group, a carboxy group, or may be a part of
  • the carbon number of the fluorocarbon group in the precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably 2 or more and 10 or less from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components and obtaining optimum rheological properties when applying the colored resin composition.
  • the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms of the fluorocarbon group is more preferably 4 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 7 or less.
  • the fluorocarbon group may be a fluorocarbon group in which a part of hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom, but the precipitation suppressing compound is present on the surface of the coloring layer to precipitate a compound derived from a coloring material. From the viewpoint of suppressing the above, a perfluorocarbon group in which all the hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group are substituted with fluorine atoms is preferable.
  • fluorocarbon group examples include a fluoroalkyl group having a saturated structure, a fluoroalkenyl group having an unsaturated structure, and a fluoroalkylaryl group having an aromatic skeleton.
  • a fluoroalkyl group and a fluoroalkenyl group are synthesized. Is easy and useful.
  • the fluoroalkyl group includes a fluoroalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material by causing the precipitation suppressing compound to be present on the surface of the coloring layer.
  • the perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms include perfluoroethyl, perfluoropropyl, perfluoroisopropyl, perfluorobutyl, perfluoropentyl, perfluorohexyl, and perfluoroheptyl.
  • fluoroalkenyl group examples include fluoroalkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • fluoroalkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms a perfulalkenyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material by causing the precipitation suppressing compound to be present on the surface of the coloring layer.
  • Examples of the perfluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms include a perfluoropropenyl group, a perfluoroisopropenyl group, a perfluorobutenyl group, a perfluoroisobutenyl group, a perfluoropentenyl group, and a perfluoroisopentenyl group.
  • the bridged cyclic aliphatic group of the precipitation inhibiting compound means an aliphatic group having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group is preferably 5 or more and 12 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developing solution.
  • the lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group is more preferably 7 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 10 or less.
  • bridged cyclic aliphatic group examples include, for example, an optionally substituted norbornyl group, an optionally substituted isobornyl group, an optionally substituted adamantyl group, an optionally substituted tricyclodecyl group, a substituted Optionally substituted dicyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted dicyclopentanyl group, optionally substituted tricyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted tricyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted Good tricyclopentadiene groups and optionally substituted dicyclopentadiene groups are exemplified.
  • an adamantyl group which may be substituted or a dicyclopentanyl group which may be substituted is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and the point of suppressing precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material, and even if substituted, Good adamantyl groups are more preferred.
  • substituents include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a ketone group, a nitro group, an amine group, and a halogen atom.
  • the glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably from 150 ° C to 250 ° C. If the glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is 150 ° C. or more, even if the precipitation-inhibiting compound bleeds out to the surface of the coating film and then the surface of the coating film is rubbed, the abrasion resistance is high, so the quality of the color filter is improved. When the temperature is 250 ° C. or lower, the precipitation inhibiting compound easily moves to the coating film surface (bleeding easily occurs), and the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material can be further suppressed.
  • the glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound can be determined by measuring it by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121-1987.
  • the lower limit of the glass transition temperature of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 180 ° C. or higher, and the upper limit is more preferably 230 ° C. or lower.
  • the precipitation-inhibiting compound includes a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. It is possible to obtain a copolymer containing a structural unit derived therefrom.
  • the molar ratio (E-1: E-2) of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) to the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is 5:95.
  • the ratio is preferably from 70:30 to 30, more preferably from 10:90 to 50:50, and still more preferably from 13:87 to 30:70.
  • the molar ratio of each structural unit in the precipitation-inhibiting compound can be determined from the result of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) analysis.
  • the precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably, for example, a copolymer containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2).
  • X 1 and X 2 may be each independently a direct bond, an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in X 1 and X 2 in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group.
  • Examples of the oxyalkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in X 1 and X 2 include an oxymethylene group, an oxyethylene group, an oxypropylene group, and an oxybutylene group.
  • Examples of the substituent which the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group may have include, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an acidic group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, an amide group, an amino group and the like.
  • X 1 and X 2 are particularly preferably a direct bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 11 and R 12 in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and an isopropyl group. And a linear or branched alkyl group such as tert-butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group; cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group; and aryl group such as phenyl group.
  • Examples of the substituent which the hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an acidic group, a nitro group and an amino group.
  • R 11 and R 12 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • fluorocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms for Rf in the general formula (1) for example, among the above-mentioned fluorocarbon groups, those having 2 to 10 carbon atoms can be used. More than 10 or less of the above fluoroalkyl groups can be preferably used.
  • crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group for A 1 in the general formula (2) the above-mentioned crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group can be used.
  • the precipitation inhibiting compound may be a block copolymer containing a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) and a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) from the viewpoint of the precipitation suppressing effect.
  • the precipitation-preventing compound is a block copolymer
  • the number of structural units derived from the compound (E-1) is preferably from 3 to 15, and the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is preferred. Is preferably 5 or more and 40 or less.
  • the structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) and the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) are within the above ranges, the compatibility and rheological properties of each component of the colored resin composition are not impaired. A precipitation suppressing effect can be exhibited.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, production by a living polymerization method is preferable. This is because chain transfer and deactivation hardly occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved.
  • the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cationic polymerization method.
  • a copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods.
  • a block (A block) composed of a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) is first produced, and a block (B block) composed of a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is polymerized on the A block.
  • a block copolymer can be produced.
  • the order of polymerization may be reversed.
  • each block can be manufactured separately, and then each block can be coupled.
  • each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, or the like. Above all, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
  • the precipitation inhibiting compound has an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable with the compound (E-1) and the compound (E-2) in order to control the compatibility and the glass transition point of the colored resin composition. It may further contain a structural unit derived from compound (E-3).
  • Examples of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) include a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • the precipitation inhibiting compound includes a structural unit represented by the general formula (1), a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • a copolymer can be preferably used.
  • R 13 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms
  • a 2 is an optionally substituted aryl group, A pyridinyl group or a group represented by the following general formula (4)
  • a 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted benzyl group, an optionally substituted cyclopentyl group, an optionally substituted cyclopentylalkyl A cyclohexyl group which may be substituted, or a cyclohexylalkyl group which may be substituted. * Indicates a bonding position.
  • Examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 13 in the general formula (3) include R 11 and R 12 in the general formulas (1) and (2). And the same hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be used.
  • the aryl group in A 2 in formula (3) for example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, xylyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • Examples of the substituent which the aryl group and the pyridinyl group in A 2 in the general formula (3) may have include, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Examples thereof include an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
  • Examples of the substituent which A 3 in the general formula (4) may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, an acyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. And the like.
  • the precipitation-inhibiting compound contains a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1), a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2), and a structural unit derived from the compound (E-3).
  • the ratio of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) to 100 mol of the total of these structural units is appropriately adjusted according to the compatibility and the glass transition point of the colored resin composition.
  • the amount is preferably 50 mol or less, more preferably 30 mol or less, and even more preferably 10 mol or less, from the viewpoint of easily improving the effect of suppressing precipitation.
  • the precipitation inhibiting compound includes, for example, a compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically saturated group, and a compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • a compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically saturated group and a compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group.
  • Examples of the compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenic saturated group include a compound represented by the following general formula (1-1).
  • Examples of the compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group include a compound represented by the following general formula (2-1).
  • the compound (E-1) include, for example, 2- (perfluoropropyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoroisopropyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorobutyl) ethyl ( (Meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoropentyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoroheptyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorooctyl) Ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorononyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorodecyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned.
  • the compound (E-2) include 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 1-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, norbornyl (meth) A) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate , Dicyclopentadienyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentadienyl (meth) acrylate and the like.
  • 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with each component of the colored resin composition and the effect of suppressing precipitation.
  • the precipitation-inhibiting compound further includes a structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) having an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable with the compound (E-1) and the compound (E-2).
  • the compound (E-3) includes, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1).
  • the compound (E-3) include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentylmethyl ( Examples include (meth) acrylate, cyclopentylethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and vinylpyridine. Among these, methyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, and styrene are preferred from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the colored resin composition and the effect of suppressing precipitation.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the precipitation inhibiting compound is preferably 3,000 or more and 10,000 or less.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • the lower limit of the molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 4000 or more, and the upper limit of the molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 8000 or less.
  • the content of the precipitation-inhibiting compound has a high effect of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material, and the coating of the applied colored resin composition is coated.
  • the total amount of the solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably at least 0.05 part by mass, more preferably at least 0.1 part by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content. It is still more preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, and on the other hand, it is preferably 12 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of preventing separation of components and poor curing. More preferably, it is even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 1 part by mass or less.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention further contains a thiol compound because the surface of the colored layer can be densified and the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material can be further suppressed.
  • the thiol compound functions as a cross-linking agent and bonds between molecules of the polymer and the polymerizable compound are strengthened, so that the surface of the colored layer is Can be densified, and crystallization of the coloring material is estimated to be suppressed.
  • the thiol compound is a compound having one or more thiol groups in the molecule, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds.
  • the thiol compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • thiol compound examples include, for example, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,4-butanedithiol, 1,6-hexanedithiol, 1,8-octanedithiol, 1,2- Cyclohexanedithiol, decanedithiol, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, 1,4-butanediol dithioglycolate, 1,4-butanediol bis ( 3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, pentaerythritol Litol tetrakis (3-mercapto
  • the thiol compound may be a thiol compound having a substituent at at least one of the carbon atoms at the ⁇ -position and the ⁇ -position with respect to the thiol group.
  • Such specific examples include, for example, 2,5-hexanedithiol, 2,9-decanedithiol, 1,4-bis (1-mercaptoethyl) benzene, phthalic acid di (1-mercaptoethyl ester), phthalic acid Examples thereof include di (2-mercaptopropyl ester), di (3-mercaptobutyl ester) phthalate, and di (3-mercaptoisobutyl ester) phthalate.
  • the use of one or more selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups in one molecule increases the crosslink density, and provides a more precipitation-preventing effect. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the surface roughness and the surface roughness. Further, even when the colored resin composition is stored for a long period of time, a secondary thiol group in which the carbon atom to which the thiol group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom is preferable from the viewpoint that a good precipitation suppressing effect and low surface roughness are easily maintained. Is preferred, and more preferably a polyfunctional secondary thiol compound having two or more such secondary thiol groups in one molecule.
  • the content of the thiol compound in the colored resin composition is 0.05 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition.
  • the amount is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 3 parts by mass or less.
  • the coating film can be sufficiently cured by the curing promotion effect of the thiol compound, and when the content of the thiol compound is equal to or less than the upper limit, the curing is accelerated. This can control the performance of the colored resin composition, such as distorting the shape of the pattern edge, and can suppress the performance degradation of the colored resin composition.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention preferably further contains a dispersant from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
  • the dispersant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is represented by the following general formula (11) from the viewpoint of improving the adsorption performance on the colorant and improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant. It is preferable to use a polymer having a structural unit.
  • the structural unit represented by the following general formula (11) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
  • R 14 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • L is a divalent linking group
  • R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon which may contain a hetero atom.
  • R 15 and R 16 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (11) include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, and a carbon atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the following ether groups (-R'-OR “-: R 'and R” are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof and the like.
  • L in the above formula (11) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group.
  • Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group which may include a hetero atom in R 15 and R 16 include, for example, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group, and the alkyl group has 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Is preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom in R 15 and R 16 has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom.
  • the hetero atom which the hydrocarbon group may include include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
  • R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 15 and R 16 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine. It is preferable that at least one of R 15 and R 16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 15 and R 16 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine. It preferably forms a ring, a piperidine ring and a morpholine ring.
  • Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) include an alkyl-substituted amino such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate.
  • Group-containing (meth) acrylates and the like, and alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide are exemplified.
  • dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
  • the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) may be composed of one type, or may include two or more types of structural units.
  • a terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (11), and a group consisting of the following general formulas (12) to (14) The formation of a salt with one or more compounds selected from the above and the ratio can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
  • R 17 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent
  • R ′ represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent
  • It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups.
  • R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a linear group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, A branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent, or -OR ", wherein R" has a substituent A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group optionally having a substituent, or a carbon number It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups, and Q represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
  • R 21 and R 22 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, and a substituent.
  • at least one of R 21 and R 22 contains a carbon atom.
  • the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the colored resin composition, and further suppresses the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound. From the viewpoint that a colored layer having high luminance and high contrast can be formed, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) and the general formula (12) to ( A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by 14) form a salt is preferred.
  • the A block when a block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) is an A block, the A block has a basic structure in which the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) has basicity. , Functions as an adsorption site for the coloring material.
  • at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (12) to (14) are salts. Is formed, the salt-forming portion functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material.
  • the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) functions as a block having a solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer functions as a colorant dispersant by sharing the function of the A block adsorbing with the colorant and the B block having solvent affinity.
  • the B block is a block that does not include the structural unit represented by the general formula (11).
  • the structural unit constituting the B block is selected from monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which are polymerizable with the monomer for deriving the structural unit represented by the general formula (11), so as to have a solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use them appropriately according to the solvent. As a guide, it is preferable to introduce a solvent affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. in the solvent used in combination is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more. It is preferable that the structural unit constituting the B block includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (15).
  • L ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group
  • R 23 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • R 24 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 25 ) —CH (R 26 ) —O] x —R 27 or a monovalent group represented by — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 27.
  • R 25 and R 26 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 27 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 28
  • R 28 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Is an alkyl group.
  • the hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 18;
  • y represents an integer of 1 to 5;
  • z represents an integer of 1 to 18;
  • the divalent linking group L in the general formula (15) can be the same as L in the general formula (11).
  • L ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, a —CONH— group, or a —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent.
  • PMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • L ′ may be a —COO— group. preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 24 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group examples thereof include a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 2-ethoxyethyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a bornyl group, an isobornyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, an adamantyl group, and a lower alkyl-substituted adamantyl group.
  • the alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the terminal of the alkenyl group has a double bond from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the obtained polymer.
  • Examples of the substituent of an aliphatic hydrocarbon such as an alkyl group and an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
  • aryl group examples include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
  • the aralkyl group examples include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent.
  • the aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the substituent for an aromatic ring such as an aryl group or an aralkyl group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
  • the preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
  • x is an integer of 1-18, preferably 1 to 4 integer, more preferably 1 to 2 integer, y is 1 to 5 integer, preferably 1 to 4 And more preferably 2 or 3.
  • z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less.
  • the hydrocarbon group for R 27 can be the same as that shown by the R 24.
  • R 28 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • R 24 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (15) may be the same as or different from each other.
  • R 24 be selected so as to have excellent compatibility with the solvent contained in the colored resin composition.
  • R 24 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like.
  • R 24 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or the like as long as the dispersibility of the block copolymer is not impaired.
  • a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or the like.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block portion having a solvent affinity of the block copolymer may be appropriately selected.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-affinity block portion is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
  • the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block portion having a solvent affinity in the present invention can be calculated by the following equation.
  • Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer.
  • the value of the glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of each monomer may be the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (written by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)). it can.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range in which the colorant dispersibility is improved.
  • the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block portion is 10 or more and 200 or less from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity site and the colorant-affinity site work effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant.
  • it is 10 or more and 100 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 70 or less.
  • the solvent-affinity block may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block may be composed of one type or two or more types. May be included.
  • the weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more and 20,000 or less, and 2,000 or more and 15,000 or less, from the viewpoint of improving colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3,000 or more and 12,000 or less.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability, the lower limit is preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. More preferably, it is even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more.
  • the upper limit is more preferably 130 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less. If it is not less than the lower limit, the dispersion stability is more excellent. Further, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation refers to the potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer before salt formation. It represents mass (mg) and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K7237-1995.
  • the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer is smaller than that of the block copolymer before salt formation by the amount of the salt formed.
  • the salt-forming site is similar to or rather an enhanced colorant-adsorbing site at the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, the salt-forming tends to improve the colorant dispersibility and the colorant dispersion stability. is there.
  • the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation can be used as an index for improving the colorant dispersion stability and the solvent resolubility.
  • the amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer is preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 130 mgKOH / g, and more preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g.
  • the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
  • the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of improving development adhesion and solvent resolubility. More preferably, there is. Further, it is preferable that the acid value of the dispersant is 0 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoints of further improving the solvent resolubility and the developing adhesion, the substrate adhesion and the dispersion stability. It is considered that the lower the acid value, the less the erosion of the basic developer, and thus the better the adhesion to development. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing the development residue, it is preferably at least 1 mgKOH / g, more preferably at least 2 mgKOH / g.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving development adhesion.
  • the temperature is particularly close to the temperature of the developer (usually about 23 ° C.), and the adhesiveness for development may be reduced.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or more, more preferably 35 ° C. or more, from the viewpoint of development adhesion.
  • the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of operability at the time of use such as easy weighing.
  • the glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention can be determined by measuring it by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
  • the content of the dispersant is preferably from 3 parts by mass to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is blended at a ratio of at least 35 parts by mass.
  • the method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and the block copolymer can be produced by a known method. Further, as a method for preparing the salt type block copolymer, the above-mentioned general formulas (12) to (14) are dissolved in a solvent in which a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (11) is dissolved or dispersed. A method of adding one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of, stirring, and, if necessary, heating.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a solvent.
  • the solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colored resin composition and can dissolve or disperse these components.
  • the solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the solvent include, for example, alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxy ethoxy ethanol and ethoxy ethoxy ethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone
  • Ketone solvents methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate, and other glycol ether acetate solvents; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethyl Glycol ether solvents such as ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol di
  • glycol ether acetate solvents examples include butyl carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents.
  • the solvent used in the present invention propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, And it is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
  • the content of the solvent in the colored resin composition is preferably in the range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the colored resin composition, and particularly preferably 65% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. It is preferably in the range, more preferably in the range of 70% by mass to 88% by mass.
  • the content of the solvent is 55% by mass or more, a decrease in dispersibility due to an increase in viscosity can be suppressed, and when the content of the solvent is 95% by mass or less, a decrease in the colorant concentration can be suppressed. , It is easy to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
  • the dispersing aid is for improving the dispersibility of the coloring material.
  • a dye derivative such as an acidic dye derivative is preferable.
  • the dye derivative has a function of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material and an effect of suppressing precipitation of a compound derived from the coloring material.
  • the content of the dye derivative is too large, the optical properties of the coloring layer are reduced. Therefore, when the coloring resin composition of the present invention contains the coloring matter derivative, the coloring properties of the coloring layer are maintained.
  • the content of the derivative is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Even more preferred.
  • Other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, an antifoaming agent, an anti-cissing agent, an antioxidant, an anti-agglomerating agent, and an ultraviolet absorber. And the like.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention can be produced, for example, as follows. First, a colorant dispersion or a colorant solution is prepared.
  • the colorant dispersion contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent.
  • the coloring material solution contains at least a coloring material and a solvent.
  • the coloring material dispersion or the coloring material solution may further contain a polymer, a thiol compound, or the like.
  • a polymer, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and, if necessary, a precipitation inhibiting compound, a thiol compound, etc. are added to the colorant dispersion or the colorant solution.
  • a precipitation inhibiting compound, a thiol compound, etc. are added to the colorant dispersion or the colorant solution.
  • the cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention.
  • the cured product according to the present invention is suitably used as a colored layer of a color filter, and is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention. And a decrease in contrast is suppressed.
  • the cured product according to the present invention for example, when the colored resin composition according to the present invention is a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a photopolymerizable compound, forms a coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition. After drying the coating film, it can be obtained by exposure and, if necessary, development.
  • a method of forming a coating film exposing, and developing, for example, a method similar to a method used in forming a colored layer included in a color filter according to the present invention described later can be used.
  • the colored resin composition according to the present invention is a thermosetting colored resin composition containing a thermopolymerizable compound
  • a coating film of the thermosetting colored resin composition is formed, and the coating film is dried. After being heated, a cured product can be obtained by heating.
  • the color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention.
  • a color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a coloring layer 3.
  • At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer obtained by curing the colored resin composition.
  • the coloring layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding portion on a substrate described later, and usually includes a coloring pattern of three or more colors.
  • the arrangement of the coloring layers is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, and a four-pixel arrangement type. Further, the width, the area, and the like of the coloring layer can be arbitrarily set.
  • the thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and the viscosity of the colored resin composition, etc., but is usually preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ m to 5 ⁇ m.
  • the colored layer can be formed by the following method.
  • a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method.
  • a spin coating method and a die coating method can be preferably used.
  • the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate, an oven, or the like, and then exposed to light through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and cured by a photopolymerization reaction of an alkali-soluble resin and a polyfunctional monomer.
  • the light source used for exposure examples include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam.
  • the exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • heat treatment may be performed after the exposure in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction.
  • the heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the coloring resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
  • the coating film is formed in a desired pattern by performing a development process using a developer and dissolving and removing the unexposed portions.
  • a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used.
  • An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution.
  • a general method can be adopted as a developing method.
  • the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer.
  • a heat treatment may be performed to sufficiently cure the coating film.
  • the heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the use of the coating film.
  • the light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate described later, and may be the same as that used as a light-shielding portion in a general color filter.
  • the pattern shape of the light-shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape.
  • the light shielding portion may be a thin metal film of chromium or the like by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, or the like.
  • the light shielding portion may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder.
  • the thickness of the light-shielding portion is set at about 0.2 ⁇ m or more and 0.4 ⁇ m or less for a metal thin film, and about 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 2 ⁇ m or less for a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is set by
  • substrate As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or a substrate on which aluminum, silver, a silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film, or the like is formed, is used. On these substrates, other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed.
  • the transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a substrate transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used.
  • a transparent rigid material having no flexibility such as quartz glass, non-alkali glass, and synthetic quartz plate, or a transparent flexible material having flexibility such as a transparent resin film, an optical resin plate, and flexible glass.
  • the thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but a thickness of, for example, about 100 ⁇ m or more and 1 mm or less can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
  • the color filter of the present invention is, in addition to the substrate, the light-shielding portion and the coloring layer, formed with, for example, an overcoat layer and a transparent electrode layer, and further, an alignment film, alignment protrusions, columnar spacers, and the like. Is also good.
  • a display device includes the color filter according to the present invention.
  • the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
  • a liquid crystal display device includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
  • a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
  • the configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but may be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
  • the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be adopted.
  • Examples of such a driving method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be suitably used.
  • the counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used depending on the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention and the like.
  • a method for forming the liquid crystal layer a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device.
  • the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitting body 80.
  • An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic luminous body 80.
  • a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. And a method of bonding the organic light emitting body 80 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 60.
  • the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 in the organic light emitting body 80 known structures can be appropriately used.
  • the organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
  • the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 3, but may have a structure generally known as an organic light emitting display device using a color filter.
  • the obtained precipitation inhibiting compound I was analyzed by pyrolysis GCMS, FT-IR, 1 H-NMR, 13 C-NMR and GPC, whereby the structural unit derived from FOEMA in the precipitation inhibiting compound I and 1-ADMA
  • the structural unit derived from FOEMA was confirmed, and the molar ratio of the structural unit derived from FOEMA to the structural unit derived from 1-ADMA was confirmed to be 1: 6.
  • the resulting precipitation-inhibiting compound II is analyzed by pyrolysis GCMS, FT-IR, 1 H-NMR, 13 C-NMR, and GPC to find that the structural unit derived from FOEMA and the one derived from DCPMA in the precipitation-inhibiting compound II
  • the structural units were confirmed, and the molar ratio of the structural units derived from FOEMA to the structural units derived from DCPMA was 1: 6.
  • the ratio of the number of amino groups formed into salts to the total number of amino groups was calculated, and it was confirmed that one acidic group of each phenylphosphonic acid formed a salt with the nitrogen moiety at the terminal of DMMA of the block copolymer. did.
  • the amine value after the salt formation (76 mg KOH / g) was calculated by subtracting the amine value (19 mg KOH / g) for 0.02 mol of the DMMA unit from the amine value before the salt formation of 95 mg KOH / g.
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • triethylamine 20 parts by mass of triethylamine
  • p-methoxyphenol 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and the mixture is heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours. Then, a carboxy group of the main chain methacrylic acid was reacted with an epoxy group of GMA. During the reaction, air was bubbled through the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of GMA. The reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution.
  • GMA glycidyl methacrylate
  • triethylamine 20 parts by mass of triethylamine
  • p-methoxyphenol 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass
  • the obtained alkali-soluble resin I was a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond was introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA.
  • the alkali-soluble resin I solution had a solid content of 40% by mass, an acid value of 74 mgKOH / g, and a weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin I of 12,000.
  • Example 1 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion R1 As a dispersing agent, 8.8 parts by mass of the dispersing agent I solution obtained in Synthesis Example 6 was used.
  • I. Pigment Red 291 (manufactured by CINIC Chemicals, product name: Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF) is 11.94 parts by mass
  • the DPP pigment (D1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 is 0.06 parts by mass
  • a pre-crusher was used as a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works). For 1 hour, then take out the zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as the main disintegration, A colorant dispersion R1 was obtained.
  • the colored resin composition R1 obtained in the above (2) was post-formed on a glass substrate (trade name “NA35”, manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm ⁇ 100 mm.
  • the film was applied using a spin coater so that the film thickness after baking became 2.2 ⁇ m, dried under reduced pressure, and then heated and dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a coating film.
  • exposure was performed by irradiating 60 mJ / m 2 of ultraviolet light from the coating film side with a high-pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the film was developed with a developer having a temperature of 23 ° C. and a KOH concentration of 0.05% for 60 seconds, further heated in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, and post-baked to form a colored layer.
  • Pigment Red 291 was changed to 12.0 parts by mass, and a colorant dispersion liquid RC1 was obtained in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1.
  • C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 was not used, and the amount of the DPP pigment (D1) was changed to 12.0 parts by mass in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1 to obtain a colorant dispersion liquid RC2.
  • color material dispersions RC3 to RC6 were obtained.
  • Example 3 In Example 3, during the production of the colored resin composition R3, in Example 10, 0.02 parts by mass of the precipitation-inhibiting compound I obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was used, and in Example 11, the precipitation-obtained compound obtained in Synthesis Example 5 was used. 0.02 parts by mass of inhibitory compound II and 0.02 parts by mass of precipitation inhibitory compound III (Megafac F575, a compound containing a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group, manufactured by DIC) in Example 12 except that it was further added. In the same manner as in Example 3, colored resin compositions R10 to R12 were obtained. A colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the obtained colored resin compositions R10 to R12 were used instead of the colored resin composition R3 when forming the colored layer.
  • Example 13 (1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion R13 In the production of (1) Coloring Material Dispersion R1 in Example 1, C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and the DPP pigment (D1) were changed to 6.84 parts by mass and 0.36 parts by mass, respectively. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177, trade name: Chromofine Red 6121EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika) was prepared in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1 except that 4.8 parts by mass of colorant dispersion R13 was obtained.
  • (2) Production of Colored Resin Composition R13 Except that, in the production of (2) Colored Resin Composition R1 in Example 1, the colorant dispersion R13 obtained above was used instead of the colorant dispersion R1.
  • Example 14 a colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 0.02 parts by mass of the precipitation-inhibiting compound I obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was further added during the production of the colored resin composition R13.
  • the product R14 was obtained.
  • a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a colored resin composition R14 was used instead of the colored resin composition R13 when forming the colored layer.
  • Example 15 A colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10, except that 0.2 part by mass of a thiol compound (Karenz MTPE1, manufactured by Showa Denko) was further added during the production of the colored resin composition R10. R15 was obtained. Further, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 10 except that a colored resin composition R15 was used instead of the colored resin composition R10 when forming the colored layer.
  • a thiol compound Korean MTPE1
  • Showa Denko Showa Denko
  • Comparative Example 1 was prepared in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that 0.02 parts by mass of Comparative Compound IV (Megafac F444, a perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC) was further added when producing the colored resin composition RC1. In the same manner as in the above, a colored resin composition RC7 was obtained. Further, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that a colored resin composition RC7 was used instead of the colored resin composition RC1 when forming the colored layer.
  • Comparative Compound IV Megafac F444, a perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC
  • the chromaticity (x, y), luminance (Y), and contrast of the colored layers formed in each of the examples and comparative examples were measured.
  • the chromaticity (x, y) and the luminance were measured using a “spectrophotometer OSP-SP200” manufactured by Olympus Corporation, and the contrast was measured using a “contrast measurement device CT-1B” manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd. Measured.
  • the light source used was a C light source.
  • Tables 1 and 3 show the measurement results of the chromaticity (x, y) of each example and each comparative example.
  • Tables 1 to 3 show the measurement results of the luminance (Y) and the evaluation results of the contrast in each of the examples and the comparative examples.
  • contrast evaluation criteria 95% or more to the target value AA: 93% to less than 95% of the target value A: 90% to less than 93% of the target value B: 85% to less than 90% of the target value C : Less than 85% of target value
  • ⁇ Precipitation evaluation> The surface of the colored layer produced in each of the examples and comparative examples was observed with an optical microscope (product name “MX61L”, manufactured by OLYMPUS) to confirm whether or not a compound derived from the coloring material was deposited. The magnification was 100 times, and the number of precipitates observable by transmission was measured in a region of 500 ⁇ m ⁇ 500 ⁇ m, and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.
  • AAA Precipitation evaluation criteria
  • AAA 0 (very good) AA: 1 or more and 3 or less (good)
  • the “DPP pigment (D1) ratio (% by mass)” in the table refers to C.I. I.
  • the abbreviations in the table are as follows. * PR291: C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (trade name: Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF, manufactured by CINIC Chemicals) * PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (trade name: Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781 manufactured by CLARIANT) * PR264: C.I. I.
  • Pigment Red 264 (trade name: SR6T, manufactured by CINIC Chemicals) * PR177: C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (trade name: Chromo Fine Red 6121EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika) -Precipitation inhibiting compound III: Megafac F575 (compound containing fluorocarbon group and crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group, manufactured by DIC) -Thiol compound: Karenz MTPE1 (manufactured by Showa Denko) Comparative compound IV: Megafac F444 (perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC)
  • Examples 2 to 4 in which the ratio of the DPP pigment (D1) is in the range of 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less in the total of 100% by mass of the PR291 and the DPP pigment (D1) are Examples 1 and 5.
  • precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was further suppressed, and the luminance and the contrast of the colored layer were further improved.
  • Comparative Examples 3 to 6 which did not contain at least either PR291 or DPP pigment (D1), precipitation of compounds derived from coloring materials was suppressed, and luminance and contrast were improved.
  • the chromaticity (x, y) of Example 6 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 and the chromaticity (x, y) of Example 7 and Comparative Example 6 are the same, respectively. In comparison with the examples, all of the examples had higher luminance and improved contrast.
  • Examples 8 and 9 include a combination of PR291 and a DPP pigment (D1) as a coloring material, and further include an Azo derivative 1 or an Azo derivative 2 as the yellow coloring material (D2) as a yellow coloring material. Precipitation of the compound derived from the material was further suppressed, and reductions in luminance and contrast were also suppressed. Above all, in Example 9 using the Azo derivative 2 containing two kinds of specific metal ions as the yellow color material (D2), the luminance of the colored layer was improved. Further, as shown in Table 3, Examples 10 to 12 containing a combination of PR291 and DPP pigment (D1) as coloring materials and further containing a precipitation-inhibiting compound were Examples 3 and 4 containing no precipitation-inhibiting compound.
  • Example 15 which further contained a thiol compound in addition to the precipitation suppressing compound, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was further suppressed.
  • Comparative Example 7 the comparative compound IV (trade name: Megafac F444, perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC) was used. Was not able to suppress the precipitation of the compound, and was not able to suppress the decrease in brightness and contrast. Further, it contains PR291 and DPP pigment (D1) in combination as coloring materials, and further contains C.I. I.
  • Example 13 including Pigment Red 177 (PR177)
  • PR177 Pigment Red 177
  • Example 14 which further contained a precipitation-inhibiting compound in addition to PR177, the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound was further suppressed, and the reduction in luminance and contrast was further suppressed.

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides a coloring resin composition which contains (A) a polymer, (B) a polymerizable compound, (C) a polymerization initiator, and (D) a colorant; and the colorant (D) contains C. I. pigment red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment represented by chemical formula (D1).

Description

着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
 本発明は、着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、及び表示装置に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored resin composition, a cured product, a color filter, and a display device.
 近年、パーソナルコンピューターの発達、特に携帯用パーソナルコンピューターの発達に伴って、液晶ディスプレイの需要が増加している。モバイルディスプレイ(携帯電話、スマートフォン、タブレットPC)の普及率も高まっており、益々液晶ディスプレイの市場は拡大する状況にある。また、自発光により視認性が高い有機ELディスプレイのような有機発光表示装置も、次世代画像表示装置として注目されている。これらの画像表示装置の性能においては、高演色化、高輝度化、高コントラスト化といったさらなる高画質化や消費電力の低減が強く望まれている。 In recent years, with the development of personal computers, especially portable personal computers, the demand for liquid crystal displays has increased. The penetration rate of mobile displays (mobile phones, smartphones, tablet PCs) is also increasing, and the market for liquid crystal displays is expanding. Further, an organic light-emitting display device such as an organic EL display having high visibility due to self-emission is attracting attention as a next-generation image display device. With regard to the performance of these image display devices, there is a strong demand for higher image quality such as higher color rendering, higher brightness, and higher contrast and reduction in power consumption.
 これらの液晶表示装置や有機発光表示装置には、カラーフィルタが用いられている。例えば液晶表示装置のカラー画像の形成は、カラーフィルタを通過した光がそのままカラーフィルタを構成する各画素の色に着色されて、それらの色の光が合成されてカラー画像を形成する。有機発光表示装置においては、色調整などのためにカラーフィルタが用いられている。 カ ラ ー Color filters are used in these liquid crystal display devices and organic light emitting display devices. For example, in the formation of a color image of a liquid crystal display device, light that has passed through a color filter is directly colored into the color of each pixel constituting the color filter, and light of those colors is combined to form a color image. In an organic light emitting display device, a color filter is used for color adjustment and the like.
 カラーフィルタは、主に、基板と、基板上に形成された着色層と、着色層間に配置された遮光層と、着色層上に形成された透明電極層とから構成されている。着色層は、例えば、色材及びバインダー成分を含む着色樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布し、フォトリソグラフィ法によってパターニングし、その後加熱処理(ポストベーク)することによって形成することができる。 The color filter mainly includes a substrate, a colored layer formed on the substrate, a light-shielding layer disposed between the colored layers, and a transparent electrode layer formed on the colored layer. The coloring layer can be formed, for example, by applying a coloring resin composition containing a coloring material and a binder component on a substrate, patterning the coating by a photolithography method, and then performing a heat treatment (post-baking).
 赤色着色層に用いる赤色色材としては、従来、着色力が高く、高輝度な着色層を形成可能な点から、C.I.ピグメントレッド254等のジケトピロロピロール系顔料が用いられている。しかし、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料は、高コントラスト化のために顔料を微細化すると、カラーフィルタの製造工程における高温加熱時に、顔料粒子が凝集したり、結晶成長したりしやすく、加熱工程後、着色層表面に顔料由来の粒子が異物のように析出して、輝度やコントラストが低下したり、欠陥として認識されるという問題がある。顔料由来の粒子の析出を抑制しながら、顔料を微細化する試みとして、顔料と、顔料骨格の一部に置換基が導入された顔料誘導体を組み合わせた顔料配合物が用いられている。例えば、特許文献1には、顔料に顔料誘導体を処理してなる顔料組成物において、分散性の良好な顔料組成物を与える顔料誘導体の選択又は設計方法であって、顔料誘導体の双極子モーメントを測定又は計算する工程と、該測定又は計算された双極子モーメントの数値から顔料誘導体を選択、又は、該双極子モーメントの数値から顔料誘導体を設計する工程と、を含むことを特徴とする顔料誘導体の選択又は設計方法が記載されている。 赤色 As the red coloring material used for the red coloring layer, C.I. has been conventionally used because it has a high coloring power and can form a high-luminance coloring layer. I. Diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments such as CI Pigment Red 254 are used. However, diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments, when the pigment is refined for high contrast, during high-temperature heating in the color filter manufacturing process, the pigment particles are likely to aggregate or crystal grow, after the heating process, There is a problem that particles derived from the pigment precipitate on the surface of the coloring layer like a foreign substance, thereby lowering the brightness and contrast or being recognized as a defect. In an attempt to reduce the size of a pigment while suppressing the precipitation of particles derived from the pigment, a pigment compound in which a pigment is combined with a pigment derivative having a substituent introduced into a part of the pigment skeleton has been used. For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a method for selecting or designing a pigment derivative that gives a pigment composition having good dispersibility in a pigment composition obtained by treating a pigment with a pigment derivative. Measuring or calculating, and selecting a pigment derivative from the measured or calculated numerical value of the dipole moment, or designing the pigment derivative from the numerical value of the dipole moment, a pigment derivative comprising: Is described.
特開2012-77192号公報JP 2012-77192 A
 しかしながら、顔料誘導体を含有する着色層は、顔料誘導体を含有しない着色層に比べ、光学特性が低下する傾向があり、特に輝度及びコントラストが低下しやすい。
 本発明は、上記実情に鑑みてなされたものであり、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を形成することが可能な着色樹脂組成物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、前記着色樹脂組成物の硬化物を提供することを目的とする。また、本発明は、前記着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度の低下及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を有するカラーフィルタ、及び当該カラーフィルタを有する表示装置を提供することを目的とする。
However, the coloring layer containing the pigment derivative tends to have lower optical characteristics than the coloring layer not containing the pigment derivative, and particularly tends to have lower luminance and contrast.
The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances, and provides a colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast is suppressed. The purpose is to do. Another object of the present invention is to provide a cured product of the colored resin composition. Further, the present invention provides a color filter having a coloring layer formed using the colored resin composition, in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and a decrease in luminance and a decrease in contrast are suppressed. It is an object to provide a display device having a filter.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、ポリマー(A)と、重合性化合物(B)と、重合開始剤(C)と、色材(D)とを含み、
 前記色材(D)が、C.I.ピグメントレッド291と、下記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを含むことを特徴とする。
The colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a polymer (A), a polymerizable compound (B), a polymerization initiator (C), and a coloring material (D),
The color material (D) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 本発明に係る硬化物は、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物であることを特徴とする。 硬化 The cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention.
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物であることを特徴とする。 The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a coloring layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the coloring layers is a cured product of the coloring resin composition according to the present invention. There is a feature.
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。 表示 A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention.
 本発明によれば、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を形成することが可能な着色樹脂組成物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、前記着色樹脂組成物の硬化物を提供することができる。また、本発明によれば、前記着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度の低下及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を有するカラーフィルタ、及び当該カラーフィルタを有する表示装置を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to provide a colored resin composition capable of forming a colored layer in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast is suppressed. Further, according to the present invention, a cured product of the colored resin composition can be provided. Further, according to the present invention, a color filter having a colored layer formed using the colored resin composition, in which precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and a decrease in luminance and a decrease in contrast are suppressed, and A display device having the color filter can be provided.
図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. 図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the display device of the present invention. 図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図である。FIG. 3 is a schematic view showing another example of the display device of the present invention.
 以下、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物、硬化物、カラーフィルタ、表示装置について、順に詳細に説明する。
 なお、本発明において光には、可視及び非可視領域の波長の電磁波、さらには放射線が含まれ、放射線には、例えばマイクロ波、電子線が含まれる。具体的には、波長5μm以下の電磁波、及び電子線のことをいう。
 本発明において(メタ)アクリルとは、アクリル及びメタクリルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリロイルとは、アクリロイル及びメタクリロイルの各々を表し、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート及びメタクリレートの各々を表す。
Hereinafter, the colored resin composition, the cured product, the color filter, and the display device according to the present invention will be described in detail in order.
In the present invention, light includes electromagnetic waves having wavelengths in the visible and non-visible regions, and furthermore, radiation includes, for example, microwaves and electron beams. Specifically, it refers to an electromagnetic wave having a wavelength of 5 μm or less and an electron beam.
In the present invention, (meth) acryl represents each of acryl and methacryl, (meth) acryloyl represents each of acryloyl and methacryloyl, and (meth) acrylate represents each of acrylate and methacrylate.
<<着色樹脂組成物>>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、ポリマー(A)と、重合性化合物(B)と、重合開始剤(C)と、色材(D)とを含み、
 前記色材(D)が、C.I.ピグメントレッド291と、下記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを含むことを特徴とする。
<< colored resin composition >>
The colored resin composition according to the present invention includes a polymer (A), a polymerizable compound (B), a polymerization initiator (C), and a coloring material (D),
The color material (D) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 ジケトピロロピロール系顔料を含む従来の着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成した着色層は、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料が熱により凝集したり、結晶化しやすいため、着色層形成の際における加熱処理(ポストベーク)時に色材由来の化合物が析出してしまい、その結果、輝度やコントラストの低下が生じる等、光学特性が低下したり、また、外観検査において、ムラ異常として検出されてしまい、最終的なカラーフィルタ製品の歩留まり低下を引き起こす等の問題がある。色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制するためには、顔料誘導体の添加が効果的であるが、一方で、色材由来の化合物の析出を十分抑制するために顔料誘導体の添加量を増やすと、輝度やコントラストの低下等の光学特性の低下を招くという問題がある。そのため、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料を含む赤色着色層において、光学特性を損なうことなく、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制することは困難であった。
 それに対し、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、色材(D)が、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料であるC.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)と、前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを組み合わせて含むことにより、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を形成することができる。
 また、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成される着色層は、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されることにより、着色層の表面が荒れることを抑制することができるため、生産性が高く、表面粗度が低い着色層を形成することができ、着色層のレベリング性も向上させることができる。
A colored layer formed using a conventional colored resin composition containing a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is likely to be agglomerated or crystallized by heat because the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is easily heat-treated at the time of forming the colored layer ( At the time of (post-baking), compounds derived from the coloring material are precipitated, and as a result, the optical characteristics are deteriorated, such as a decrease in luminance and contrast, and are also detected as irregularities in the appearance inspection. There is a problem that the yield of the color filter products is lowered. In order to suppress the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material, the addition of the pigment derivative is effective.On the other hand, when the addition amount of the pigment derivative is increased in order to sufficiently suppress the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material, There is a problem that optical characteristics such as luminance and contrast are lowered. Therefore, it has been difficult to suppress the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material in the red coloring layer containing the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment without impairing the optical characteristics.
On the other hand, in the colored resin composition according to the present invention, the coloring material (D) is a C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) are included in combination, whereby precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is suppressed, and reduction in luminance and contrast is suppressed. Colored layer can be formed.
Further, the colored layer formed using the colored resin composition according to the present invention can suppress the surface of the colored layer from being roughened by suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material. A colored layer having high property and low surface roughness can be formed, and the leveling property of the colored layer can be improved.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、ポリマー(A)と、重合性化合物(B)と、重合開始剤(C)と、色材(D)とを含むものであり、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、更に必要に応じて、その他の成分を含んでいてもよい。 The colored resin composition according to the present invention contains the polymer (A), the polymerizable compound (B), the polymerization initiator (C), and the coloring material (D), and the effect of the present invention is impaired. Unless otherwise specified, other components may be further contained as necessary.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が含有するポリマー(A)、重合性化合物(B)、及び重合開始剤(C)は、着色樹脂組成物のバインダー成分として、成膜性や被塗工面に対する密着性を付与する。
 前記バインダー成分としては、従来公知のカラーフィルタの着色層を形成する際に用いられるバインダー成分を適宜用いることができ、特に限定はされないが、例えば、可視光線、紫外線、電子線等により重合硬化させることができる感光性バインダー成分や、加熱により重合硬化させることができる熱硬化性バインダー成分が挙げられ、これらの混合物を用いることもできる。
 熱硬化性バインダー成分としては、ポリマー(A)として熱重合性官能基を有していても良い重合体と、重合性化合物(B)として分子内に熱重合性官能基を有する化合物と、重合開始剤(C)として前記熱重合性官能基と反応する硬化剤を包含する熱重合開始剤等とを少なくとも含有する系が挙げられる。熱重合性官能基としては、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、水酸基等が挙げられる。
The polymer (A), the polymerizable compound (B), and the polymerization initiator (C) contained in the colored resin composition according to the present invention serve as a binder component of the colored resin composition to form a film or adhere to a surface to be coated. Imparts properties.
As the binder component, a binder component used for forming a coloring layer of a conventionally known color filter can be appropriately used, and is not particularly limited. For example, visible light, ultraviolet light, and polymerized and cured by an electron beam or the like. And a thermosetting binder component which can be polymerized and cured by heating, and a mixture thereof can also be used.
As the thermosetting binder component, a polymer which may have a thermopolymerizable functional group as the polymer (A), a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group in a molecule as the polymerizable compound (B), and a polymer Examples of the initiator (C) include a system containing at least a thermopolymerization initiator including a curing agent that reacts with the thermopolymerizable functional group. Examples of the thermopolymerizable functional group include an epoxy group, an isocyanate group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a hydroxyl group.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物を用いて着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像性を有する感光性バインダー成分が好適に用いられる。なお、感光性バインダー成分に、熱硬化性バインダー成分を更に用いてもよい。
 感光性バインダー成分としては、ポジ型感光性バインダー成分とネガ型感光性バインダー成分が挙げられる。ポジ型感光性バインダー成分としては、例えば、ポリマー(A)としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、重合性化合物(B)として分子内に酸により切断される結合とエチレン性不飽和基とを有する化合物と、重合開始剤(C)として熱ラジカル重合開始剤と、更に光酸発生剤とを含有する系等が挙げられる。
 ネガ型感光性バインダー成分としては、ポリマー(A)としてアルカリ可溶性樹脂と、重合性化合物(B)として分子内にエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物と、重合開始剤(C)として光重合開始剤とを少なくとも含有する系が好適に用いられる。
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が含有するバインダー成分としては、前記ネガ型感光性バインダー成分が、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から好ましい。
When a photolithography step is used when forming a colored layer using the colored resin composition according to the present invention, a photosensitive binder component having alkali developability is preferably used. Note that a thermosetting binder component may be further used as the photosensitive binder component.
Examples of the photosensitive binder component include a positive photosensitive binder component and a negative photosensitive binder component. As the positive photosensitive binder component, for example, an alkali-soluble resin as the polymer (A), a compound having a bond capable of being cleaved by an acid in the molecule and an ethylenically unsaturated group as the polymerizable compound (B) may be used. Examples of the initiator (C) include a system containing a thermal radical polymerization initiator and a photoacid generator.
As the negative photosensitive binder component, an alkali-soluble resin as the polymer (A), a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule as the polymerizable compound (B), and a photopolymerization initiator as the polymerization initiator (C) A system containing at least is preferably used.
As the binder component contained in the colored resin composition according to the present invention, the negative photosensitive binder component is preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process.
<ポリマー(A)>
 ポリマー(A)としては、着色層を形成する際にフォトリソグラフィ工程を用いる場合には、アルカリ現像液に可溶性のあるアルカリ可溶性樹脂が好適に用いられる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は酸性基を有するものであり、バインダー樹脂として作用し、かつパターン形成する際に用いられるアルカリ現像液に可溶性である限り、適宜選択して使用することができる。
 本発明において、アルカリ可溶性樹脂とは、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上であることを目安にすることができる。
<Polymer (A)>
When a photolithography step is used for forming the colored layer, an alkali-soluble resin that is soluble in an alkali developer is suitably used as the polymer (A).
The alkali-soluble resin has an acidic group, acts as a binder resin, and can be appropriately selected and used as long as it is soluble in an alkali developer used for forming a pattern.
In the present invention, the alkali-soluble resin can be determined based on an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有する酸性基としては、例えば、カルボキシ基が挙げられる。カルボキシ基を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂としては、カルボキシ基を有するカルボキシ基含有共重合体やカルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂等が挙げられる。カルボキシ基含有共重合体としては、カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系共重合体等が挙げられる。これらの中で特に好ましいものは、側鎖にカルボキシ基を有するとともに、さらに側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基等を有するものである。エチレン性不飽和基を含有することにより形成される硬化膜の膜強度が向上するからである。
 なお、エチレン性不飽和基とは、ラジカル重合可能な炭素-炭素二重結合を含む基を意味し、例えば、(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等が挙げられる。
 また、これらアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系共重合体、及びエポキシアクリレート樹脂は、2種以上混合して使用してもよい。
Examples of the acidic group of the alkali-soluble resin include a carboxy group. Examples of the alkali-soluble resin having a carboxy group include a carboxy group-containing copolymer having a carboxy group and an epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group. Examples of the carboxy group-containing copolymer include an acryl-based copolymer having a carboxy group and an acryl-based copolymer such as a styrene-acryl-based copolymer having a carboxy group. Among them, particularly preferred are those having a carboxy group on the side chain and further having an ethylenically unsaturated group on the side chain. This is because the film strength of the cured film formed by containing the ethylenically unsaturated group is improved.
The ethylenically unsaturated group means a group containing a radically polymerizable carbon-carbon double bond, and includes, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group and an allyl group.
Further, these acrylic copolymers, acrylic copolymers such as styrene-acrylic copolymers having a carboxy group, and epoxy acrylate resins may be used in combination of two or more.
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体及びカルボキシ基を有するスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系共重合体は、例えば、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマー、及び必要に応じて共重合可能なその他のモノマーを、公知の方法により(共)重合して得られた(共)重合体である。 Acrylic copolymers such as an acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group are, for example, carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomers, and can be copolymerized if necessary. A (co) polymer obtained by (co) polymerizing other monomers by a known method.
 カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、例えば、(メタ)アクリル酸、ビニル安息香酸、マレイン酸、マレイン酸モノアルキルエステル、フマル酸、イタコン酸、クロトン酸、桂皮酸、アクリル酸ダイマーなどが挙げられる。また、2-ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレートなどの水酸基を有するモノマーと無水マレイン酸や無水フタル酸、シクロヘキサンジカルボン酸無水物のような環状無水物との付加反応物、ω-カルボキシ-ポリカプロラクトンモノ(メタ)アクリレートなども利用できる。また、カルボキシ基の前駆体として無水マレイン酸、無水イタコン酸、無水シトラコン酸などの無水物含有モノマーを用いてもよい。中でも、共重合性やコスト、溶解性、ガラス転移温度などの点から(メタ)アクリル酸が特に好ましい。 Examples of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer include (meth) acrylic acid, vinylbenzoic acid, maleic acid, monoalkyl maleate, fumaric acid, itaconic acid, crotonic acid, cinnamic acid, and acrylic acid dimer. Can be Further, an addition reaction product of a monomer having a hydroxyl group such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and a cyclic anhydride such as maleic anhydride, phthalic anhydride, or cyclohexanedicarboxylic anhydride, ω-carboxy-polycaprolactone mono ( (Meth) acrylate and the like can also be used. Further, an anhydride-containing monomer such as maleic anhydride, itaconic anhydride or citraconic anhydride may be used as a precursor of the carboxy group. Among them, (meth) acrylic acid is particularly preferable in terms of copolymerizability, cost, solubility, glass transition temperature, and the like.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、基板との密着性に優れる点から、更に炭化水素環を有することが好ましい。アルカリ可溶性樹脂に、嵩高い基である炭化水素環を有することにより、硬化時の収縮が抑制され、基板との間の剥離が緩和し、基板密着性が向上する。また、嵩高い基である炭化水素環を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂を用いることにより、得られる着色層の耐溶剤性が向上し、特に着色層の膨潤が抑制される点においても好ましい。
 このような炭化水素環としては、置換基を有していてもよい環状の脂肪族炭化水素環、置換基を有していてもよい芳香族環、及びこれらの組み合わせが挙げられ、炭化水素環がカルボニル基、カルボキシ基、オキシカルボニル基、アミド基等の置換基を有していてもよい。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably further has a hydrocarbon ring from the viewpoint of excellent adhesion to the substrate. By having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group in the alkali-soluble resin, shrinkage during curing is suppressed, peeling off from the substrate is eased, and substrate adhesion is improved. Further, by using an alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring which is a bulky group, the solvent resistance of the obtained colored layer is improved, and it is particularly preferable in that the swelling of the colored layer is suppressed.
Examples of such a hydrocarbon ring include a cyclic aliphatic hydrocarbon ring which may have a substituent, an aromatic ring which may have a substituent, and a combination thereof. May have a substituent such as a carbonyl group, a carboxy group, an oxycarbonyl group, and an amide group.
 炭化水素環の具体例としては、シクロプロパン、シクロブタン、シクロペンタン、シクロヘキサン、ノルボルナン、トリシクロ[5.2.1.0(2,6)]デカン(ジシクロペンタン)、アダマンタン等の脂肪族炭化水素環;ベンゼン、ナフタレン、アントラセン、フェナントレン、フルオレン等の芳香族炭化水素環;ビフェニル、ターフェニル、ジフェニルメタン、トリフェニルメタン、スチルベン等の鎖状多環や、カルド構造(9,9-ジアリールフルオレン)等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the hydrocarbon ring include aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclopropane, cyclobutane, cyclopentane, cyclohexane, norbornane, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 (2,6)] decane (dicyclopentane), and adamantane. Ring; aromatic hydrocarbon ring such as benzene, naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, and fluorene; chain polycyclic ring such as biphenyl, terphenyl, diphenylmethane, triphenylmethane, and stilbene; and cardo structure (9,9-diarylfluorene) Is mentioned.
 中でも、炭化水素環として、脂肪族炭化水素環を含む場合には、着色層の耐熱性や密着性が向上すると共に、得られた着色層の輝度が向上する点から好ましい。
 また、下記化学式(i)に示すフルオレン骨格に二つのベンゼン環が結合した構造(カルド構造)を含む場合には、着色層の硬化性が向上し、耐溶剤性が向上し、特にNMPに対する膨潤が抑制される点から特に好ましい。
 炭化水素環は、1価の基として含まれていても良いし、2価以上の基として含まれていても良い。
Among them, the case where an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring is contained as the hydrocarbon ring is preferable in that the heat resistance and adhesion of the colored layer are improved and the luminance of the obtained colored layer is improved.
When a fluorene skeleton represented by the following chemical formula (i) contains a structure in which two benzene rings are bonded (a cardo structure), the curability of the colored layer is improved, the solvent resistance is improved, and the swelling of NMP in particular is improved. Is particularly preferred from the standpoint of suppressing
The hydrocarbon ring may be contained as a monovalent group, or may be contained as a divalent or higher valent group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 前記カルド構造を含む樹脂(本発明においてカルド樹脂と称する)は、正確なメカニズムは不明であるが、フルオレン骨格がπ共役系を含むため、ラジカルに対して高感度であると考えられる。中でも、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤とカルド樹脂を組み合わせることで、感度、現像性、現像密着性等の要求性能を向上することができる。また、前記カルド樹脂は、溶剤再溶解性が高いため、高色濃度においても、凝集物がない着色樹脂組成物を設計することができる点からも好ましい。 The exact mechanism of the resin having the cardo structure (referred to as cardo resin in the present invention) is unknown, but is considered to be highly sensitive to radicals because the fluorene skeleton contains a π-conjugated system. Above all, by combining an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator with a cardo resin, required performance such as sensitivity, developability, and development adhesion can be improved. Further, since the cardo resin has high solvent resolubility, it is preferable from the viewpoint that a colored resin composition having no aggregate can be designed even at a high color density.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂において、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位とは別に、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体を用いることが、各構成単位量を調整しやすく、上記炭化水素環を有する構成単位量を増加して当該構成単位が有する機能を向上させやすい点から好ましい。
 カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と上記炭化水素環とを有するアクリル系共重合体は、前述の「共重合可能なその他のモノマー」として炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーを用いることにより調製することができる。
In the alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention, apart from the structural unit having a carboxy group, it is easy to adjust the amount of each structural unit by using an acrylic copolymer having the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, This is preferable because the function of the structural unit can be easily improved by increasing the amount of the structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring.
The acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and the above-mentioned hydrocarbon ring is prepared by using an ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring as the aforementioned “other copolymerizable monomer”. Can be.
 炭化水素環を有するアルカリ可溶性樹脂に用いられる炭化水素環を有するエチレン性不飽和モノマーとしては、後述するフルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基を有する化合物(E)との組み合わせの点から、例えば、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、フェノキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、前記カルド構造とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーなどを好ましく用いることができ、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されやすい点から、中でも、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、スチレン、前記カルド構造とエチレン性不飽和基とを有するモノマーが好ましい。 As the ethylenically unsaturated monomer having a hydrocarbon ring used for the alkali-soluble resin having a hydrocarbon ring, for example, from the viewpoint of a combination with a compound (E) having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group described below, Cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, phenoxyethyl (meth) acrylate, styrene, a monomer having the cardo structure and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and the like Can be preferably used, and precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is easily suppressed. Among them, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, and benzyl (meth) acrylate are particularly preferred. , Styrene, a monomer having said cardo structure and an ethylenic unsaturated group are preferred.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂はまた、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を有することが好ましい。エチレン性不飽和結合を有する場合には、カラーフィルタ製造時における樹脂組成物の硬化工程において、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂同士、乃至、当該アルカリ可溶性樹脂と多官能モノマー等が架橋結合を形成し得る。硬化膜の膜強度がより向上して現像耐性が向上し、また、硬化膜の熱収縮が抑制されて基板との密着性に優れるようになる。
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂中に、エチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法は、従来公知の方法から適宜選択すればよい。例えば、アルカリ可溶性樹脂が有するカルボキシ基に、分子内にエポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つ化合物、例えばグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート等を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法や、水酸基を有する構成単位を共重合体に導入しておいて、分子内にイソシアネート基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを備えた化合物を付加させ、側鎖にエチレン性不飽和結合を導入する方法などが挙げられる。
The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention preferably has an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a side chain. In the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, in the curing step of the resin composition at the time of producing a color filter, the alkali-soluble resins or the alkali-soluble resin and the polyfunctional monomer can form a cross-linking bond. The film strength of the cured film is further improved so that the development resistance is improved, and the heat shrinkage of the cured film is suppressed, so that the adhesion to the substrate is improved.
A method for introducing an ethylenically unsaturated bond into an alkali-soluble resin may be appropriately selected from conventionally known methods. For example, a method in which a compound having both an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in the molecule, such as glycidyl (meth) acrylate, is added to the carboxy group of the alkali-soluble resin to introduce an ethylenically unsaturated bond into a side chain. Or a method in which a structural unit having a hydroxyl group is introduced into a copolymer, and a compound having an isocyanate group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond in a molecule is added to introduce a ethylenically unsaturated bond into a side chain. And the like.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、更にメチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート等、エステル基を有する構成単位等の他の構成単位を含有していてもよい。エステル基を有する構成単位は、着色樹脂組成物のアルカリ可溶性を抑制する成分として機能するだけでなく、溶剤に対する溶解性、さらには溶剤再溶解性を向上させる成分としても機能する。 ア ル カ リ The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may further contain other structural units such as a structural unit having an ester group, such as methyl (meth) acrylate and ethyl (meth) acrylate. The constituent unit having an ester group not only functions as a component for suppressing alkali solubility of the colored resin composition, but also functions as a component for improving solubility in a solvent and further improving solvent resolubility.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることが好ましく、カルボキシ基を有する構成単位と、炭化水素環を有する構成単位と、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位とを有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂であることがより好ましい。 The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention may be an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer or a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group and a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring. Preferably, an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer and a styrene-acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having a carboxy group, a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring, and a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond. More preferably, there is.
 本発明で用いられるアルカリ可溶性樹脂は、各構成単位を誘導するモノマーの仕込み量を適宜調整することにより、所望の性能とすることができる。 ア ル カ リ The alkali-soluble resin used in the present invention can have desired performance by appropriately adjusting the charged amount of a monomer for deriving each structural unit.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体におけるカルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合は、通常、5質量%以上50質量%以下、好ましくは10質量%以上40質量%以下である。この場合、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの共重合割合が5質量%以上では、得られる塗膜のアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の低下が抑制でき、パターン形成が容易になる。また、共重合割合が50質量%以下では、アルカリ現像液による現像時のパターンの欠けやパターン表面の膜荒れが発生しにくい。なお、前記共重合割合は、各モノマーの仕込み量から算出される値である。 The copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer in the carboxy group-containing copolymer is usually from 5% by mass to 50% by mass, preferably from 10% by mass to 40% by mass. In this case, when the copolymerization ratio of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer is 5% by mass or more, a decrease in the solubility of the obtained coating film in an alkali developing solution can be suppressed, and pattern formation becomes easy. When the copolymerization ratio is 50% by mass or less, chipping of the pattern and roughening of the pattern surface hardly occur at the time of development with an alkaline developer. The copolymerization ratio is a value calculated from the charged amounts of the respective monomers.
 また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂としてより好ましく用いられる、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する構成単位を有するアクリル系共重合体及びスチレン-アクリル系共重合体等のアクリル系樹脂において、エポキシ基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを併せ持つモノマーの仕込み量は、カルボキシ基含有エチレン性不飽和モノマーの仕込み量100質量%に対して、10質量%以上95質量%以下であることが好ましく、15質量%以上90質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In an acrylic resin such as an acrylic copolymer having a structural unit having an ethylenically unsaturated bond or a styrene-acrylic copolymer, which is more preferably used as an alkali-soluble resin, an epoxy group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond are used. The charged amount of the monomer having both of the above is preferably from 10% by weight to 95% by weight, and more preferably from 15% by weight to 90% by weight based on 100% by weight of the charged amount of the carboxy group-containing ethylenically unsaturated monomer. More preferably, there is.
 カルボキシ基含有共重合体の好ましい重量平均分子量(Mw)は、好ましくは1,000以上50,000以下の範囲であり、さらに好ましくは3,000以上20,000以下である。カルボキシ基含有共重合体の重量平均分子量が1,000以上では、塗膜の硬化性が十分に得られ、また50,000以下では、アルカリ現像液による現像時に、パターン形成が容易となる。
 なお、本発明における重量平均分子量(Mw)は、ゲル・パーミエーション・クロマトグラフィー(GPC)により、標準ポリスチレン換算値として求める。
The preferred weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is preferably in the range of 1,000 to 50,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the carboxy group-containing copolymer is 1,000 or more, the curability of the coating film is sufficiently obtained.
In addition, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) in the present invention is determined as a standard polystyrene conversion value by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
 カルボキシ基を有するアクリル系共重合体の具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のものを挙げることができる。 Specific examples of the acrylic copolymer having a carboxy group include, for example, those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、特に限定されるものではなく、例えば、エポキシ化合物と不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸との反応物を酸無水物と反応させて得られるエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート化合物が適している。エポキシ化合物、不飽和基含有モノカルボン酸、及び酸無水物は、公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
 カルボキシ基を有するエポキシ(メタ)アクリレート樹脂としては、中でも、分子内に前記カルド構造を含むものが、表示不良抑制効果が向上し、且つ、着色層の硬化性が向上し、また着色層の残膜率が高くなる点から好ましい。
The epoxy (meth) acrylate resin having a carboxy group is not particularly limited. For example, an epoxy (meth) acrylate obtained by reacting a reaction product of an epoxy compound and an unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid with an acid anhydride. ) Acrylate compounds are suitable. The epoxy compound, the unsaturated group-containing monocarboxylic acid, and the acid anhydride can be appropriately selected from known ones and used.
Among the epoxy (meth) acrylate resins having a carboxy group, those containing the cardo structure in the molecule improve the effect of suppressing display defects, improve the curability of the colored layer, and improve the remaining of the colored layer. It is preferable because the film ratio increases.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点から、酸価が30mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、40mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。前記カルボキシ基含有共重合体は、現像液に用いるアルカリ水溶液に対する現像性(溶解性)の点、及び基板への密着性の点から、中でも、酸価が50mgKOH/g以上300mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上280mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、70mgKOH/g以上250mgKOH/g以下であることがより更に好ましい。
 なお、本発明において酸価はJIS K 0070に従って測定することができる。
The alkali-soluble resin preferably has an acid value of 30 mgKOH / g or more, more preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for a developer. The carboxy group-containing copolymer has an acid value of 50 mgKOH / g or more and 300 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of developability (solubility) with respect to an aqueous alkali solution used for a developer and adhesion to a substrate. It is more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more and 280 mgKOH / g or less, even more preferably 70 mgKOH / g or more and 250 mgKOH / g or less.
In the present invention, the acid value can be measured according to JIS K0070.
 アルカリ可溶性樹脂の側鎖にエチレン性不飽和基を有する場合のエチレン性不飽和結合当量は、硬化膜の膜強度が向上して、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制できる点から、100以上2000以下の範囲であることが好ましく、特に、140以上1500以下の範囲であることが好ましい。該エチレン性不飽和結合当量が、100以上であれば現像耐性や密着性に優れている。また、2000以下であれば、前記カルボキシ基を有する構成単位や、炭化水素環を有する構成単位などの他の構成単位の割合を相対的に増やすことができるため、現像性や耐熱性に優れている。ここで、エチレン性不飽和結合当量とは、上記アルカリ可溶性樹脂におけるエチレン性不飽和結合1モル当りの重量平均分子量のことであり、下記数式(1)で表される。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent in the case of having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the side chain of the alkali-soluble resin is 100 or more from the viewpoint that the film strength of the cured film is improved and the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound can be further suppressed. It is preferably in the range of 2000 or less, and particularly preferably in the range of 140 or more and 1500 or less. When the equivalent of the ethylenically unsaturated bond is 100 or more, development resistance and adhesion are excellent. Further, when the molecular weight is 2000 or less, the ratio of the structural unit having a carboxy group or the other structural unit such as a structural unit having a hydrocarbon ring can be relatively increased, so that excellent developability and heat resistance can be obtained. I have. Here, the ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is a weight average molecular weight per mole of the ethylenically unsaturated bond in the alkali-soluble resin, and is represented by the following formula (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000007
(上記数式(1)中、Wは、カルボキシ基含有共重合体の質量(g)を表し、Mは、アルカリ可溶性樹脂W(g)中に含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合のモル数(mol)を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000007
(In the above formula (1), W represents the mass (g) of the carboxy group-containing copolymer, and M represents the number of moles (mol) of the ethylenically unsaturated bond contained in the alkali-soluble resin W (g). Represents.)
 上記エチレン性不飽和結合当量は、例えば、JIS K 0070:1992に記載のよう素価の試験方法に準拠して、アルカリ可溶性樹脂1gあたりに含まれるエチレン性不飽和結合の数を測定することにより算出してもよい。 The ethylenically unsaturated bond equivalent is determined by measuring the number of ethylenically unsaturated bonds contained in 1 g of the alkali-soluble resin in accordance with, for example, a test method of element number as described in JIS K 0070: 1992. It may be calculated.
 着色樹脂組成物中のアルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量は、特に制限はないが、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、好ましくは5質量部以上60質量部以下、さらに好ましくは10質量部以上40質量部以下の範囲内である。アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、充分なアルカリ現像性が得られやすく、また、アルカリ可溶性樹脂の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像時に膜荒れやパターンの欠けを抑制しやすい。
 なお、本発明において固形分は、溶剤以外のもの全てであり、溶剤中に溶解しているモノマー等も含まれる。
The content of the alkali-soluble resin in the colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. It is in the range of from 40 parts by mass to 40 parts by mass. When the content of the alkali-soluble resin is equal to or more than the lower limit, sufficient alkali developability is easily obtained, and when the content of the alkali-soluble resin is equal to or less than the upper limit, film roughness or chipping of a pattern during development. Is easy to control.
In the present invention, the solid content is all other than the solvent, and includes monomers and the like dissolved in the solvent.
 また、着色樹脂組成物中のエチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーの含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、好ましくは5質量部以上60質量部以下であり、より好ましくは10質量部以上45質量部以下である。エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると、十分な硬化が得られ、パターニングされた着色樹脂組成物の塗膜の剥離を抑制できる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有するポリマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であると、硬化収縮による剥離を抑制できる。 The content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the colored resin composition is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Preferably it is 10 parts by mass or more and 45 parts by mass or less. When the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is at least the above lower limit, sufficient curing can be obtained, and peeling of the coating film of the patterned colored resin composition can be suppressed. When the content of the polymer having an ethylenically unsaturated group is equal to or less than the upper limit, peeling due to curing shrinkage can be suppressed.
 また、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、前記ポリマー(A)として、例えば、フェノール樹脂、尿素樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、メラミン樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、不飽和ポリエステル樹脂、ポリウレタン樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミノアルキッド樹脂、メラミン-尿素共縮合樹脂、ケイ素樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂等の熱硬化性ポリマーを含有していてもよい。 In addition, the colored resin composition according to the present invention includes, as the polymer (A), for example, phenol resin, urea resin, diallyl phthalate resin, melamine resin, guanamine resin, unsaturated polyester resin, polyurethane resin, epoxy resin, amino alkyd It may contain a thermosetting polymer such as a resin, a melamine-urea cocondensation resin, a silicon resin, and a polysiloxane resin.
 なお、前記ポリマー(A)は、1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 着色樹脂組成物中のポリマーの含有量は、特に限定はされないが、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して5質量部以上60質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以上50質量部以下であることがより好ましい。ポリマーの含有量が上記下限値以上であると、膜強度の低下を抑制することができ、またポリマーの含有量が上記上限値以下であると、ポリマー以外の成分を十分に含有させることができる。
In addition, the said polymer (A) may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
The content of the polymer in the colored resin composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 60 parts by mass or less, preferably 10 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, it is 50 parts by mass or less. When the content of the polymer is equal to or more than the lower limit, a decrease in film strength can be suppressed, and when the content of the polymer is equal to or less than the upper limit, components other than the polymer can be sufficiently contained. .
<重合性化合物(B)>
 重合性化合物は、後述する重合開始剤によって重合可能なものであれば、特に限定されず、例えば、光重合性化合物や熱重合性化合物を用いることができる。熱重合性化合物としては、分子内に、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、水酸基、グリシジル基、イソシアネート基、及びアルコキシル基等の熱重合性官能基を有する化合物を用いることができる。また、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を、熱ラジカル重合開始剤と組み合わせて用いることにより、熱重合性化合物として用いることもできる。重合性化合物としては、中でも、フォトリソグラフィ法によって既存のプロセスを用いて簡便にパターンを形成できる点から、後述する光重合開始剤により重合可能な光重合性化合物が好ましい。光重合性化合物としては、分子内に、エチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物を用いることができる。光重合性化合物としては、中でも、分子内にエチレン性不飽和基を2個以上有する化合物が好ましく、特に、分子内に(メタ)アクリロイル基を2つ以上有する多官能(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound (B)>
The polymerizable compound is not particularly limited as long as it can be polymerized by a polymerization initiator described later, and for example, a photopolymerizable compound or a thermopolymerizable compound can be used. As the thermopolymerizable compound, a compound having a thermopolymerizable functional group such as a carboxy group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a hydroxyl group, a glycidyl group, an isocyanate group, and an alkoxyl group in a molecule can be used. Further, by using a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in combination with a thermal radical polymerization initiator, it can be used as a thermopolymerizable compound. As the polymerizable compound, a photopolymerizable compound that can be polymerized by a photopolymerization initiator described later is particularly preferable because a pattern can be easily formed by a photolithography method using an existing process. As the photopolymerizable compound, a compound having an ethylenically unsaturated group in the molecule can be used. As the photopolymerizable compound, a compound having two or more ethylenically unsaturated groups in the molecule is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate having two or more (meth) acryloyl groups in the molecule is particularly preferable.
 このような多官能(メタ)アクリレートとしては、従来公知のものの中から適宜選択して用いればよい。具体例としては、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。 多 Such a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate may be appropriately selected from conventionally known ones. Specific examples include, for example, those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 これらの多官能(メタ)アクリレートは1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、本発明の着色樹脂組成物に優れた光硬化性(高感度)が要求される場合には、多官能(メタ)アクリレートが、重合可能な二重結合を3つ(三官能)以上有するものであるものが好ましく、3価以上の多価アルコールのポリ(メタ)アクリレート類やそれらのジカルボン酸変性物が好ましく、具体的には、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートのコハク酸変性物、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等が好ましい。 は One of these polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone, or two or more thereof may be used in combination. When the colored resin composition of the present invention requires excellent photocurability (high sensitivity), the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate has three or more polymerizable double bonds (trifunctional). And poly (meth) acrylates of trihydric or higher polyhydric alcohols and modified products of dicarboxylic acids thereof. Specific examples thereof include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate and pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate. ) Acrylate, succinic acid-modified pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate Modified succinic acid, dipentaerythri Ruhekisa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
 着色樹脂組成物中の重合性化合物の含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、5質量部以上60質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以上50質量部以下であることがより好ましく、20質量部以上40質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。重合性化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、硬化不良を抑制できるので、露光した部分が現像時に溶出することを抑制でき、また重合性化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、現像不良を抑制でき、また熱収縮を抑制できるので、着色層の表面全体に微小な皺が生じにくい。 The content of the polymerizable compound in the colored resin composition is preferably from 5 parts by mass to 60 parts by mass, and more preferably from 10 parts by mass to 50 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. The content is more preferably at most 20 parts by mass and even more preferably at most 40 parts by mass. When the content of the polymerizable compound is equal to or more than the lower limit, curing failure can be suppressed, so that the exposed portion can be suppressed from being eluted during development, and the content of the polymerizable compound is equal to or less than the upper limit. In addition, since defective development can be suppressed and thermal shrinkage can be suppressed, fine wrinkles hardly occur on the entire surface of the colored layer.
<重合開始剤(C)>
 重合開始剤としては、特に制限はなく、従来知られている各種開始剤の中から、1種又は2種以上を組み合わせて用いることができる。重合開始剤としては、例えば、熱重合開始剤や光重合開始剤が挙げられ、具体的には、例えば、特開2013-029832号公報に記載のもの等が挙げられる。
<Polymerization initiator (C)>
The polymerization initiator is not particularly limited, and can be used alone or in combination of two or more of various conventionally known initiators. Examples of the polymerization initiator include a thermal polymerization initiator and a photopolymerization initiator, and specific examples include those described in JP-A-2013-029832.
 光重合開始剤としては、中でも、膜表面が硬化される効果が高く、パターンの欠け発生の抑制効果、及び水染み発生抑制効果、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する効果が高い点から、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を含むことが好ましい。また、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を2種類以上併用した場合には、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制することができるので、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を2種類以上用いることが好ましい。 As the photopolymerization initiator, among others, the effect of curing the film surface is high, the effect of suppressing the occurrence of chipping of the pattern, and the effect of suppressing the occurrence of water stain, and the effect of suppressing the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound are high. It is preferable to include an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator. Further, when two or more oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators are used in combination, the precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material can be further suppressed. Therefore, it is preferable to use two or more oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators. .
 上記オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤としては、分解物による着色樹脂組成物の汚染や装置の汚染を低減する点から、中でも、芳香環を有するものが好ましく、芳香環を含む縮合環を有するものがより好ましく、ベンゼン環とヘテロ環を含む縮合環を有することがさらに好ましい。 As the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator, from the viewpoint of reducing the contamination of the colored resin composition and the contamination of the device by the decomposition product, among them, those having an aromatic ring are preferable, and those having a condensed ring containing an aromatic ring are preferable. It is more preferable to have a condensed ring containing a benzene ring and a hetero ring.
 オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤としては、特開2000-80068号公報、特開2001-233842号公報、特表2010-527339号公報、特表2010-527338号公報、特開2013-041153号公報等に記載のオキシムエステル系光開始剤等が挙げられる。 Examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator include JP-A-2000-80068, JP-A-2001-233842, JP-T-2010-527339, JP-T-2010-523338, and JP-A-2013-041153. And the like.
 上記オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤としては、中でもアルキルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光開始剤を用いることが、更にメチルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を用いることが、広い色再現域を達成するために色材濃度を高くした着色樹脂組成物に対しても硬化性に優れ、現像耐性、パターンの欠け発生の抑制効果、水染み発生抑制効果に優れ、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されやすい点から好ましい。アルキルラジカルは、アリールラジカルと比べてラジカル移動が活性化し易いことが推定される。アルキルラジカルを発生するオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤としては、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「イルガキュアOXE-02」、BASF社製)、メタノン,[8-[[(アセチルオキシ)イミノ][2-(2,2,3,3-テトラフルオロプロポキシ)フェニル]メチル]-11-(2-エチルヘキシル)-11H-ベンゾ[a]カルバゾール-5-イル]-,(2,4,6-トリメチルフェニル)(商品名「イルガキュアOXE-03」、BASF社製)、エタノン,1-[9-エチル-6-(1,3-ジオキソラン,4-(2-メトキシフェノキシ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「アデカアークルズN-1919」、ADEKA社製)、メタノン,(9-エチル-6-ニトロ-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル)[4-(2-メトキシ-1-メチルエトキシ-2-メチルフェニル]-,o-アセチルオキシム(商品名「アデカアークルズNCI-831」、ADEKA社製)、1-プロパノン,3-シクロペンチル-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「TR-PBG-304」、常州強力電子新材料社製)、1-プロパノン,3-シクロペンチル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルチオ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「TR-PBG-314」、常州強力電子新材料社製)、エタノン,2-シクロヘキシル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルオキシ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「TR-PBG-326」、常州強力電子新材料社製)、エタノン,2-シクロヘキシル-1-[2-(2-ピリミジニルチオ)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「TR-PBG-331」、常州強力電子新材料社製)、1-オクタノン,1-[4-[3-[1-[(アセチルオキシ)イミノ]エチル]-6-[4-[(4,6-ジメチル-2-ピリミジニル)チオ]-2-メチルベンゾイル]-9H-カルバゾール-9-イル]フェニル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(商品名「EXTA-9」、ユニオンケミカル製)等が挙げられる。また、フェニルラジカルを発生する開始剤として、具体例としては、イルガキュアOXE-01(BASF製)等が挙げられる。さらに、ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤として、アデカアークルズNCI-930(ADEKA社製)、TR-PBG-3057(常州強力電子新材料社製)等が挙げられる。 As the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator, among others, it is possible to use an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical, and further to use an oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates a methyl radical. Excellent curability even for colored resin compositions with a high colorant concentration to achieve high resistance to development, excellent resistance to development of patterns, suppression of occurrence of chipping of patterns, excellent suppression of water stains, precipitation of compounds derived from colorants Is preferred because it is easily suppressed. It is presumed that the radical transfer is more easily activated in the alkyl radical than in the aryl radical. Examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator that generates an alkyl radical include ethanone, 1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime ) (Trade name "Irgacure OXE-02", manufactured by BASF), methanone, [8-[[(acetyloxy) imino] [2- (2,2,3,3-tetrafluoropropoxy) phenyl] methyl]- 11- (2-ethylhexyl) -11H-benzo [a] carbazol-5-yl]-, (2,4,6-trimethylphenyl) (trade name “Irgacure OXE-03”, manufactured by BASF), ethanone, 1 -[9-ethyl-6- (1,3-dioxolan, 4- (2-methoxyphenoxy) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxy ) (Trade name "ADEKA ARKULS N-1919", manufactured by ADEKA), methanone, (9-ethyl-6-nitro-9H-carbazol-3-yl) [4- (2-methoxy-1-methylethoxy) -2-methylphenyl]-, o-acetyloxime (trade name "ADEKA ARKULS NCI-831", manufactured by ADEKA), 1-propanone, 3-cyclopentyl-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methyl Benzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name “TR-PBG-304”, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), 1-propanone, 3-cyclopentyl-1 -[2- (2-Pyrimidinylthio) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name "TR-PBG-314", Changzhou Strong Electron Materials), ethanone, 2-cyclohexyl-1- [2- (2-pyrimidinyloxy) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name “TR-PBG-326”) , Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.), Ethanone, 2-cyclohexyl-1- [2- (2-pyrimidinylthio) -9H-carbazol-3-yl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name) “TR-PBG-331”, manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronic New Materials Co., Ltd.), 1-octanone, 1- [4- [3- [1-[(acetyloxy) imino] ethyl] -6- [4-[(4 , 6-Dimethyl-2-pyrimidinyl) thio] -2-methylbenzoyl] -9H-carbazol-9-yl] phenyl]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (trade name "EXTA-9", manufactured by Union Chemical) ) And the like. Further, specific examples of the initiator that generates a phenyl radical include Irgacure OXE-01 (manufactured by BASF). Further, examples of the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton include Adeka Aquel's NCI-930 (manufactured by ADEKA) and TR-PBG-3057 (manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials).
 ジフェニルスルフィド骨格を有するオキシムエステル系光重合開始剤は、カルバゾール骨格を有する場合に比べて、着色層の輝度を向上しやすい点から好ましい。 An oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator having a diphenyl sulfide skeleton is preferable because it can easily improve the luminance of the colored layer as compared with a case having a carbazole skeleton.
 また、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤に、3級アミン構造を有する重合開始剤を組み合わせて用いることは、感度向上の点から、好ましい。3級アミン構造を有する重合開始剤は、分子内に酸素クエンチャーである3級アミン構造を有するため、開始剤から発生したラジカルが酸素により失活し難く、感度を向上させることができるからである。上記3級アミン構造を有する光開始剤の市販品としては、例えば、2-メチル-1-(4-メチルチオフェニル)-2-モルフォリノプロパン-1-オン(例えばイルガキュア907、BASF社製)、2-ベンジル-2-(ジメチルアミノ)-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-1-ブタノン(例えば、商品名「イルガキュア369」、BASF社製)、4,4’-ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(例えば、商品名「ハイキュアABP」、川口薬品社製)などが挙げられる。 In addition, it is preferable to use a polymerization initiator having a tertiary amine structure in combination with the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator from the viewpoint of improving sensitivity. Since the polymerization initiator having a tertiary amine structure has a tertiary amine structure which is an oxygen quencher in the molecule, radicals generated from the initiator are hardly deactivated by oxygen, and the sensitivity can be improved. is there. Commercially available photoinitiators having the tertiary amine structure include, for example, 2-methyl-1- (4-methylthiophenyl) -2-morpholinopropan-1-one (eg, Irgacure 907, manufactured by BASF). 2-benzyl-2- (dimethylamino) -1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -1-butanone (for example, trade name “Irgacure 369”, manufactured by BASF), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone ( For example, the trade name is “High Cure ABP”, manufactured by Kawaguchi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd.).
 着色樹脂組成物中の重合開始剤の含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上15質量部以下であることが好ましく、1質量部以上10質量部以下であることがより好ましい。重合開始剤の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、十分に硬化が進み、また重合開始剤の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、副反応を抑制でき、経時安定性を維持することができる。 The content of the polymerization initiator in the colored resin composition is preferably 0.1 to 15 parts by mass, and more preferably 1 to 10 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, the amount is not more than part by mass. When the content of the polymerization initiator is equal to or higher than the lower limit, curing proceeds sufficiently, and when the content of the polymerization initiator is equal to or lower than the upper limit, side reactions can be suppressed, and the stability with time is maintained. Can be.
 上記着色樹脂組成物において用いられる重合開始剤として、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤を2種以上用いる場合、これらの重合開始剤の併用効果を十分に発揮させる点から、オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤の合計含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、0.1質量部以上12.0質量部以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、1.0質量部以上8.0質量部以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。 When two or more oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiators are used as the polymerization initiator used in the colored resin composition, the oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator is used in order to sufficiently exhibit the combined effect of these polymerization initiators. Is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 12.0 parts by mass, and more preferably 1.0 to 8 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content of the colored resin composition. More preferably, the amount is within the range of 0 parts by mass or less.
<色材(D)>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、色材(D)として、少なくともC.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)と、下記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを組み合わせて含むことにより、加熱による色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する効果(本発明において、析出抑制効果という場合がある。)を有する。そのため、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物を用いて形成される着色層は、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、その結果、輝度及びコントラストの低下も抑制される。本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲において、更に他の色材を含有していてもよい。
<Color material (D)>
The colored resin composition according to the present invention contains at least C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) in combination with a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1), thereby suppressing the deposition of a compound derived from a coloring material due to heating (in the present invention, the The effect may be referred to as a suppression effect.) Therefore, in the colored layer formed using the colored resin composition according to the present invention, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is suppressed, and as a result, the decrease in luminance and contrast is also suppressed. The colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain another coloring material as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 C.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)は、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料である。PR291は、単色で青味の赤色を呈し、着色力が比較的強く、且つ輝度が高い。更に、PR291は、従来のジケトピロロピロール系顔料であるC.I.ピグメントレッド254等と比べてコントラストも良好な傾向がある。 C. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) is a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment. PR291 has a single color of bluish red, has relatively strong coloring power, and has high luminance. Furthermore, PR291 is a conventional diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment such as C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 and the like also tend to have good contrast.
 PR291は、単体でC光源を使用して測色したJIS Z8701のXYZ表色系における色度座標として、x=0.30以上0.69以下、y=0.30以上0.35以下を表示できる色材であって、中でもx=0.35以上0.68以下、y=0.30以上0.34以下を表示できることが特徴の色材である。 PR291 displays x = 0.30 or more and 0.69 or less and y = 0.30 or more and 0.35 or less as chromaticity coordinates in the XYZ color system of JIS Z8701 measured using a C light source alone. It is a color material that is capable of displaying x = 0.35 to 0.68 and y = 0.30 to 0.34.
 PR291は、可視光領域380nm以上780nm以下の分光透過率スペクトルにおいて、430nmの透過率を1%とした場合に、610nm以上780nm以下の透過率が90%以上であり、380nmの透過率が50%以下であり、更に、500nmの透過率が10%以下である。 PR291 has a transmittance of 610 nm to 780 nm of 90% or more and a transmittance of 380 nm of 50% when a transmittance of 430 nm is 1% in a spectral transmittance spectrum of a visible light region of 380 nm to 780 nm. And the transmittance at 500 nm is 10% or less.
 PR291を単体で塗膜化して測色するためには、PR291に適当な分散剤、バインダー成分及び溶剤を配合して塗工液を調製し、透明基板上に塗工して乾燥し、必要に応じて硬化させればよい。バインダー成分としては、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜を形成できる限り、非硬化性の熱可塑性樹脂組成物を用いても良いし、光硬化性(感光性)又は熱硬化性の樹脂組成物を用いても良い。分散剤、バインダー成分を含む、測色を行い得る透明な塗膜としては、例えば、膜厚2.0μmで、380nm以上780nm以下における分光透過率スペクトルの透過率が95%以上であることを目安にすることができる。なお、分光透過率スペクトルは、分光測定装置(例えば、オリンパス製顕微分光光度計 OSP-SP200)を用いて測定することができる。 In order to form a coating film of PR291 alone and measure the color, PR291 is mixed with an appropriate dispersing agent, a binder component and a solvent to prepare a coating solution, which is coated on a transparent substrate, dried, and dried. It may be cured accordingly. As the binder component, a non-curable thermoplastic resin composition may be used, or a photo-curable (photosensitive) or thermo-curable resin composition as long as a transparent coating film capable of performing color measurement can be formed. May be used. As a transparent coating film capable of performing colorimetry containing a dispersant and a binder component, for example, a film having a thickness of 2.0 μm and a transmittance of a spectral transmittance spectrum at 380 nm to 780 nm of 95% or more is a standard. Can be Note that the spectral transmittance spectrum can be measured using a spectrophotometer (for example, Olympus microspectrophotometer OSP-SP200).
 本発明において、PR291としては、市販品を用いることができる。PR291の市販品としては、例えば、CINIC Chemicals社製、製品名Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF等が挙げられる。 市 販 In the present invention, a commercial product can be used as PR291. As a commercial product of PR291, for example, CINIC Chemicals Co., Ltd., product name Cinelex DPP Red MT-CF and the like can be mentioned.
 前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料は、例えば特許第5619729号を参照して合成することができる。 The diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) can be synthesized with reference to, for example, Japanese Patent No. 5619729.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物において、PR291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料との合計100質量%中、前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料の割合は、特に限定はされないが、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されやすく、着色層の輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制されやすい点から、1質量%以上であることが好ましく、2質量%以上であることがより好ましく、一方で、30質量%以下であることが好ましく、25質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 In the colored resin composition according to the present invention, in a total of 100% by mass of the PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1), the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) The ratio is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1% by mass or more, and more preferably 2% by mass, from the viewpoint that precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material is easily suppressed and a decrease in luminance and contrast of the colored layer is easily suppressed. More preferably, it is at least 30% by mass, more preferably at most 25% by mass.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、着色層を所望の色度とするために、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲において、PR291及び前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とは異なる別の色材を更に含有していても良い。
 前記別の色材としては、着色層を形成した際に所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、種々の有機顔料、無機顔料、分散可能な染料を、単独で又は2種以上混合して用いることができる。中でも有機顔料は、発色性が高く、耐熱性も高いので、好ましく用いられる。
The colored resin composition according to the present invention includes PR291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in a range that does not impair the effects of the present invention, so that the colored layer has a desired chromaticity. May further contain another different color material.
The other color material is not particularly limited as long as a desired color can be formed when a colored layer is formed, and is not particularly limited. Various organic pigments, inorganic pigments, dispersible dyes, alone or A mixture of more than one species can be used. Among them, organic pigments are preferably used because they have high coloring properties and high heat resistance.
 前記別の色材として用いられる有機顔料としては、例えば、PR291及び前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とは異なる別のジケトピロロピロール系顔料を好ましく用いることができる。本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、PR291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを組み合わせて含むことにより、前記別のジケトピロロピロール系顔料を更に含んでいても、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制することができる。
 前記別のジケトピロロピロール系顔料としては、具体的には例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド254、C.I.ピグメントレッド255、C.I.ピグメントレッド264、C.I.ピグメントレッド270、C.I.ピグメントレッド272、C.I.ピグメントオレンジ71、及びC.I.ピグメントオレンジ73等が挙げられる。
As the organic pigment used as the another coloring material, for example, another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment different from PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) can be preferably used. The colored resin composition according to the present invention may further include another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment by including PR291 in combination with the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1). In addition, precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material can be suppressed.
Specific examples of the other diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 254, C.I. I. Pigment Red 255, C.I. I. Pigment Red 264, C.I. I. Pigment Red 270, C.I. I. Pigment Red 272, C.I. I. Pigment Orange 71, and C.I. I. Pigment Orange 73 and the like.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が、色材(D)として前記別のジケトピロロピロール系顔料を含む場合は、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料の合計100質量%中、PR291及び前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料の合計の割合が、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましい。これにより、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されやすく、着色層の輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制されやすい。ジケトピロロピロール系顔料の合計100質量%中の、PR291及び前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料の合計の割合の上限は、特に限定はされないが、前記別のジケトピロロピロール系顔料と併用することによる効果を得る点から、99質量%以下であることが好ましく、95質量%以下であっても良い。 When the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains the another diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment as the coloring material (D), PR291 and the chemical formula (D1) are used in 100% by mass of the total of the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment. Is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more. Thereby, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is easily suppressed, and the decrease in luminance and contrast of the colored layer is easily suppressed. The upper limit of the total proportion of the PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in the total of 100% by mass of the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment is not particularly limited, but is not particularly limited. From the viewpoint of obtaining the effect of being used in combination with a pyrrolopyrrole-based pigment, the content is preferably 99% by mass or less, and may be 95% by mass or less.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、色材(D)として、ジケトピロロピロール系顔料以外の赤色色材を含有していても良い。ジケトピロロピロール系顔料以外の赤色色材としては、例えば、C.I.ピグメントレッド1、2、3、4、5、6、7、8、9、10、11、12、14、15、16、17、18、19、21、22、23、30、31、32、37、38、40、41、42、48:1、48:2、48:3、48:4、49:1、49:2、50:1、52:1、53:1、57、57:1、57:2、58:2、58:4、60:1、63:1、63:2、64:1、81:1、83、88、90:1、97、101、102、104、105、106、108、112、113、114、122、123、144、146、149、150、151、166、168、170、171、172、174、175、176、177、178、179、180、185、187、188、190、193、194、202、206、207、208、209、215、216、220、224、226、242、243、245、265等を挙げることができる。 着色 The colored resin composition according to the present invention may contain a red coloring material other than the diketopyrrolopyrrole pigment as the coloring material (D). Examples of red coloring materials other than diketopyrrolopyrrole pigments include C.I. I. Pigment Red 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22, 23, 30, 31, 32, 37, 38, 40, 41, 42, 48: 1, 48: 2, 48: 3, 48: 4, 49: 1, 49: 2, 50: 1, 52: 1, 53: 1, 57, 57: 1, 57: 2, 58: 2, 58: 4, 60: 1, 63: 1, 63: 2, 64: 1, 81: 1, 83, 88, 90: 1, 97, 101, 102, 104, 105, 106, 108, 112, 113, 114, 122, 123, 144, 146, 149, 150, 151, 166, 168, 170, 171, 172, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 185, 187, 188, 190, 193, 194, 202, And the like can be given 06,207,208,209,215,216,220,224,226,242,243,245,265.
 前記分散可能な染料としては、染料に各種置換基を付与したり、公知のレーキ化(造塩化)手法を用いて、溶剤に不溶化することにより分散可能となった染料や、溶解度の低い溶剤と組み合わせて用いることにより分散可能となった染料が挙げられる。このような分散可能な染料と、後述する分散剤とを組み合わせて用いることにより当該染料の分散性や分散安定性を向上することができる。
 分散可能な染料としては、従来公知の染料の中から適宜選択することができる。このような染料としては、例えば、アゾ染料、金属錯塩アゾ染料、アントラキノン染料、トリフェニルメタン染料、キサンテン染料、シアニン染料、ナフトキノン染料、キノンイミン染料、メチン染料、フタロシアニン染料などを挙げることができる。
 なお、目安として、10gの溶剤(又は混合溶剤)に対して染料の溶解量が10mg以下であれば、当該溶剤(又は混合溶剤)において、当該染料が分散可能であると判定することができる。
Examples of the dispersible dye include a dye that is dispersible by insolubilizing it in a solvent, by adding various substituents to the dye, or using a known lake formation (chlorination) technique, or a solvent having low solubility. Dyes which can be dispersed by using them in combination are exemplified. By using such a dispersible dye in combination with a dispersant described below, the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the dye can be improved.
The dispersible dye can be appropriately selected from conventionally known dyes. Examples of such dyes include azo dyes, metal complex salt azo dyes, anthraquinone dyes, triphenylmethane dyes, xanthene dyes, cyanine dyes, naphthoquinone dyes, quinone imine dyes, methine dyes, and phthalocyanine dyes.
As a guide, if the amount of the dye dissolved in 10 g of the solvent (or the mixed solvent) is 10 mg or less, it can be determined that the dye is dispersible in the solvent (or the mixed solvent).
 本発明に用いられる色材(D)は、調色のために黄色色材を更に含有していても良い。本発明に用いられる黄色色材としては、例えば、下記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物とを含む黄色色材(D2)を挙げることができる。
 前記黄色色材(D2)は、結晶成長し難く、色材由来の化合物が析出し難い点から好ましく、中でも、高輝度な着色層が得られる点及び色材の結晶成長が抑制される点から、下記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物とを含む黄色色材(D2)が好ましい。
The coloring material (D) used in the present invention may further contain a yellow coloring material for toning. The yellow colorant used in the present invention is selected from, for example, the group consisting of mono-, di-, tri- and tetraanions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (I) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. At least one kind of anion and at least one kind of metal ion selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn; And a yellow colorant (D2) containing the compound represented by the following formula:
The yellow color material (D2) is preferable because it hardly grows crystals and hardly precipitates a compound derived from the color material. Above all, from the viewpoint that a high-luminance colored layer is obtained and the crystal growth of the color material is suppressed. And at least one anion selected from the group consisting of mono, di, tri and tetra anions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (I) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof, and Cd, Co, Al , Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, a yellow color material containing ions of at least two kinds of metals and a compound represented by the following general formula (II) ( D2) is preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(一般式(I)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基又はアリールアミノ基であり、Rはそれぞれ独立に、-OH又は-NHである。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
(In the general formula (I), Ra is each independently -OH, -NH 2 , -NH-CN, an acylamino group, an alkylamino group or an arylamino group, and R b is each independently -OH or —NH 2. )
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(一般式(II)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
(In the general formula (II), R c is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が、黄色色材として、前記黄色色材(D2)のうち、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む黄色色材(D2)を更に含む場合は、P/V比((組成物中の色材成分質量)/(組成物中の色材成分以外の固形分質量)比)を抑えても、高色濃度の赤の色度領域に含まれる赤色画素を作製することができる。また、着色樹脂組成物中の色材成分の合計含有量を抑えることができることから、バインダー成分の含有量を相対的に増加させることができるため、製版性が向上し、基板との密着性をより高めた着色層を形成することが可能となる。 The colored resin composition according to the present invention is a yellow color material selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn among the yellow color materials (D2). When further including a yellow color material (D2) containing at least two kinds of selected metal ions, the P / V ratio ((mass of the color material component in the composition) / (the color material component other than the color material component in the composition) Even if the (solid content mass) ratio is suppressed, a red pixel included in the red chromaticity region with high color density can be produced. Further, since the total content of the coloring material components in the colored resin composition can be suppressed, the content of the binder component can be relatively increased, so that the plate making property is improved and the adhesion to the substrate is improved. It is possible to form a higher colored layer.
 一般式(I)中のアシルアミノ基におけるアシル基としては、例えば、アルキルカルボニル基、フェニルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、フェニルスルホニル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いカルバモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていても良いスルファモイル基、アルキル、フェニル、又はナフチルで置換されていてもよいグアニル基等が挙げられる。前記アルキル基は炭素数1以上6以下であることが好ましい。また前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基の少なくとも一種で置換されていてもよい。また、前記フェニル基及びナフチル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、-NO、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基、及び炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基の少なくとも一種で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(I)中のアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上6以下であることが好ましい。前記アルキル基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、-CN、-NH、及び炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基の少なくとも一種で置換されていてもよい。
 一般式(I)中のアリールアミノ基におけるアリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基が挙げられ、これらのアリール基は、例えばF、Cl、Brなどのハロゲン、-OH、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基、炭素数1以上6以下のアルコキシ基、-NH、-NO及び-CNなどで置換されていてもよい。
The acyl group in the acylamino group in the general formula (I) includes, for example, an alkylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a phenylsulfonyl group, an alkyl, a phenyl, a carbamoyl group which may be substituted by naphthyl, an alkyl group Phenyl, or a sulfamoyl group which may be substituted with naphthyl; an alkyl, a guanyl group which may be substituted with phenyl or naphthyl. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with at least one of halogen such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, the phenyl group and the naphthyl group include, for example, halogen such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , —NO 2 , an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and a 1 to 6 carbon atom. It may be substituted with at least one of the following alkoxy groups.
The alkyl group in the alkylamino group in the general formula (I) preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with at least one of halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, —CN, —NH 2 , and an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
Examples of the aryl group in the arylamino group in the general formula (I) include a phenyl group and a naphthyl group. These aryl groups include, for example, halogens such as F, Cl, and Br, —OH, having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. May be substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, —NH 2 , —NO 2, and —CN.
 前記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、Rとしては、それぞれ独立に、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、又はアルキルアミノであることが、赤味の色相になる点から好ましく、2つのRはそれぞれ同一であっても異なっていても良い。
 前記一般式(I)において、2つのRは、中でも色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合、両方とも-NH-CNである場合、又は、1つが-OHで1つが-NH-CNである場合が更に好ましく、両方とも-OHである場合がより更に好ましい。
In the azo compound of the azo compound and its tautomeric structures represented by the general formula (I), as R a, independently, -OH, -NH 2, is -NH-CN, or alkylamino it is preferable from the viewpoint comprising a reddish hue, the two R a may be different even in the same, respectively.
In the general formula (I), two Ra are, particularly from the viewpoint of hue, when both are —OH, when both are —NH—CN, or one is —OH and one is —NH— More preferably, it is CN, and even more preferably both are —OH.
 また、前記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物において、Rとしては、色相の点から、両方とも-OHである場合がより好ましい。 Further, in the azo compound represented by the general formula (I) and the azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof, R b is more preferably both —OH from the viewpoint of hue.
 Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属としては、中でも、2価又は3価の陽イオンになる金属を少なくとも1種含むことが好ましく、Ni,Cu,及びZnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種を含むことがより好ましく、更に、少なくともNiを含むことが好ましい。前記黄色色材(D2)は、高輝度な着色層が得られる点、色材の結晶成長が抑制される点、及びP/V比を抑えることができる点から、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含むことが好ましく、中でも、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましく、より更に、Niと、更に、Zn,Cu,Al及びFeからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属とを含むことが好ましい。中でも特に、前記少なくとも2種の金属としては、NiとZnであるか、又は、NiとCuであることが好ましい。 Among the at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, a metal which becomes a divalent or trivalent cation is preferred. It is preferable to include at least one kind, more preferably at least one kind selected from the group consisting of Ni, Cu, and Zn, and further preferably contains at least Ni. The yellow color material (D2) is composed of Cd, Co, Al, and Cr from the viewpoint that a colored layer with high luminance is obtained, the crystal growth of the color material is suppressed, and the P / V ratio can be suppressed. , Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, preferably containing ions of at least two kinds of metals. Among them, Ni and Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn , Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn, and preferably at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Ni and further selected from the group consisting of Zn, Cu, Al and Fe. And at least one metal. In particular, it is preferable that the at least two kinds of metals are Ni and Zn, or Ni and Cu.
 前記黄色色材(D2)において、前記金属の含有割合は適宜調整されれば良い。
 中でも、赤味の色相の点から、前記黄色色材(D2)が、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属のイオンを含む場合においては、Niと、更に、Cd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属との含有割合は、Ni:その他の前記少なくとも1種金属が97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、更に、90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましい。
 中でも、赤味の色相の点から、NiとZnとをNi:Znが90:10~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、80:20~20:80のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
 或いは、赤味の色相の点から、NiとCuとをNi:Cuが97:3~10:90のモル比で含むことが好ましく、96:4~20:80のモル比で含むことが更に好ましい。
 前記黄色色材(D2)が赤味の色相の場合、前記P/V比を抑えても、高色濃度の赤の色度領域に含まれる赤色画素を作製し易い。
In the yellow color material (D2), the content ratio of the metal may be appropriately adjusted.
Above all, the yellow color material (D2) is selected from the group consisting of Ni and Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn in terms of reddish hue. In the case of containing at least one metal ion, Ni and at least one metal selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Cu and Mn Is preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90.
Among them, from the viewpoint of reddish hue, it is preferable that Ni and Zn are contained in a molar ratio of 90:10 to 10:90, more preferably in a molar ratio of 80:20 to 20:80. preferable.
Alternatively, Ni and Cu are preferably contained in a molar ratio of 97: 3 to 10:90, and more preferably in a molar ratio of 96: 4 to 20:80, from the viewpoint of reddish hue. preferable.
When the yellow color material (D2) has a reddish hue, even if the P / V ratio is suppressed, it is easy to produce a red pixel included in a red chromaticity region having a high color density.
 前記黄色色材(D2)には、更に、前記特定の金属のイオンとは異なる金属イオンを含んでいても良く、例えば、Li,Cs,Mg,Na,K,Ca,Sr,Ba,及びLaからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属イオンを含んでいても良い。 The yellow color material (D2) may further contain a metal ion different from the ion of the specific metal, for example, Li, Cs, Mg, Na, K, Ca, Sr, Ba, and La. At least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of:
 前記黄色色材(D2)中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンを含む態様としては、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合と、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している場合が挙げられる。中でも、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる場合が、よりコントラストが向上する点から好ましい。なお、共通した結晶格子中に少なくとも2種の金属のイオンが含まれる態様か、別の結晶格子中に各々1種ずつの金属のイオンが含まれる結晶が凝集している態様であるかは、例えば特開2014-12838号公報を参照してX線回折法を用いて適宜判断することができる。 The yellow color material (D2) includes at least two kinds of metal ions in the case where at least two kinds of metal ions are included in a common crystal lattice, and one case where one kind of ion is included in another crystal lattice. The case where the crystals containing the respective metal ions are aggregated. Among them, a case where at least two kinds of metal ions are included in a common crystal lattice is preferable from the viewpoint of further improving the contrast. It should be noted that whether the common crystal lattice contains at least two kinds of metal ions or another crystal lattice containing one kind of metal ion is aggregated, For example, it can be appropriately determined using an X-ray diffraction method with reference to JP-A-2014-12838.
 前記黄色色材(D2)は、前記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のアニオンと特定の金属イオンとからなる金属錯体と前記一般式(II)で表される化合物との複合分子を含む。これらの分子間の結合は、例えば分子間相互作用によるか、ルイス酸-塩基相互作用によるか、又は配位結合によって形成され得る。また、ゲスト分子がホスト分子を構成する格子に組み込まれている包接化合物のような構造であっても良い。或いは、2つの物質が共同結晶を形成し、第一の成分の規則的な格子の位置に第二の成分の原子が位置しているような混合置換結晶を形成していても良い。 The yellow coloring material (D2) comprises a metal complex composed of an anion of the azo compound represented by the general formula (I) or an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof and a specific metal ion, and the general formula (II) And a complex molecule with the compound represented by The bonds between these molecules can be formed, for example, by intermolecular interactions, by Lewis acid-base interactions, or by coordination bonds. Further, the structure may be like an inclusion compound in which a guest molecule is incorporated in a lattice constituting a host molecule. Alternatively, the two substances may form a co-crystal and form a mixed substitution crystal in which atoms of the second component are located at regular lattice positions of the first component.
 前記一般式(II)中のRにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1以上6以下のアルキル基であることが好ましく、更に炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基であることが好ましい。当該アルキル基は、-OH基で置換されていても良い。中でも、Rは、水素原子であることが好ましい。 The alkyl group for R c in the general formula (II) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and more preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be substituted with an —OH group. Among them, R c is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 前記一般式(II)で表される化合物の含有量は、前記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物の1モルを基準にして、一般的には5モル以上300モル以下であり、10モル以上250モル以下であることが好ましく、更に100モル以上200モル以下であることが好ましい。 The content of the compound represented by the general formula (II) is generally based on 1 mol of the azo compound represented by the general formula (I) and the azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. 5 mol or more and 300 mol or less, preferably 10 mol or more and 250 mol or less, more preferably 100 mol or more and 200 mol or less.
 また、前記黄色色材(D2)には、更に、尿素及び置換尿素、例えばフェニル尿素、ドデシル尿素等、並びにそのアルデヒド、特にホルムアルデヒドとの重縮合物;複素環、例えばバルビツール酸、ベンズイミダゾロン、ベンズイミダゾロン-5-スルホン酸、2,3-ジヒドロキシキノキサリン、2,3-ジヒドロキシキノキサリン-6-スルホン酸、カルバゾール、カルバゾール-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-ヒドロキシキノリン、2,4-ジヒドロキシキノリン、カプロラクタム、メラミン、6-フェニル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジアミン、6-メチル-1,3,5-トリアジン-2,4-ジアミン、シアヌル酸等が含まれていても良い。
 また、前記黄色色材(D2)には、更に、水溶性ポリマー、例えばエチレン-プロピレンオキシド-ブロックポリマー、ポリビニルアルコール、ポリ(メタ)アクリル酸、例えばカルボキシメチルセルロース、ヒドロキシエチルセルロース、ヒドロキシプロピルセルロース、メチル-及びエチルヒドロキシエチルセルロースのような変性セルロース等が含まれていても良い。
The yellow colorant (D2) further includes urea and substituted ureas such as phenylurea and dodecylurea, and polycondensates thereof with aldehydes, particularly formaldehyde; heterocycles such as barbituric acid and benzimidazolone. , Benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline, 2,3-dihydroxyquinoxaline-6-sulfonic acid, carbazole, carbazole-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-hydroxyquinoline, 2,4-dihydroxy Quinoline, caprolactam, melamine, 6-phenyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, 6-methyl-1,3,5-triazine-2,4-diamine, cyanuric acid, etc. Is also good.
The yellow colorant (D2) further includes a water-soluble polymer, for example, ethylene-propylene oxide-block polymer, polyvinyl alcohol, poly (meth) acrylic acid, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropylcellulose, methyl- And modified cellulose such as ethylhydroxyethylcellulose.
 前記黄色色材(D2)は、例えば、特開2014-12838号公報を参照することにより、調製することができる。 The yellow color material (D2) can be prepared by referring to, for example, JP-A-2014-12838.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が前記黄色色材(D2)を含有する場合、色材(D)の合計100質量%中、前記黄色色材(D2)の含有量は、色度調整と輝度向上の両立の点から、0.5質量%以上であることが好ましく、一方で、目的の範囲で色度調整が容易である点から、20質量%以下であることが好ましく、10質量%以下であることがより好ましい。
 また、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する点からは、前記黄色色材(D2)の含有量は、PR291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料との合計100質量部に対し、1質量%以上であることが好ましい。一方、前記黄色色材(D2)の含有量が、PR291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料との合計100質量部に対し、10質量%以下であっても、前記黄色色材(D2)による析出抑制効果は得られる。
When the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains the yellow color material (D2), the content of the yellow color material (D2) in the total 100% by mass of the color material (D) is determined by adjusting the chromaticity and the luminance. It is preferably 0.5% by mass or more from the viewpoint of compatibility, and on the other hand, preferably 20% by mass or less and 10% by mass or less from the viewpoint of easy chromaticity adjustment within the intended range. Is more preferable.
From the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material, the content of the yellow coloring material (D2) is 100 masses in total of PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1). It is preferably 1% by mass or more based on parts. On the other hand, even if the content of the yellow colorant (D2) is 10% by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the total of PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1). The effect of suppressing precipitation by the yellow color material (D2) is obtained.
 また、本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物がPR291及び前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とは異なる別の色材を含有する場合は、当該別の色材との併用による効果を得ながら色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制しやすく、着色層の輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制されやすい点から、色材(D)の合計100質量%中、PR291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料との合計含有量が、40質量%以上であることが好ましく、50質量%以上であることがより好ましく、一方で、前記別の色材を十分に含有させる点から、95質量%以下であることが好ましく、90質量%以下であることがより好ましい。 When the coloring resin composition according to the present invention contains another coloring material different from PR291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1), the coloring resin composition may be used in combination with the another coloring material. PR291 and the above-mentioned chemical formula (D1) in the total of 100% by mass of the coloring material (D) from the viewpoint that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is easily suppressed while obtaining the effect, and the decrease in the luminance and the contrast of the coloring layer is easily suppressed. The total content with the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by is preferably 40% by mass or more, more preferably 50% by mass or more, while the other colorant is sufficiently contained. In view of this, it is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less.
 本発明に用いられる色材の平均一次粒径としては、着色層とした場合に、所望の発色が可能なものであればよく、特に限定されず、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10nm以上100nm以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm以上60nm以下であることがより好ましい。色材の平均一次粒径が上記範囲であることにより、本発明の着色樹脂組成物を用いて製造されたカラーフィルタを備えた表示装置を高コントラストで、かつ高品質なものとすることができる。 The average primary particle size of the coloring material used in the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it can form a desired color when a colored layer is formed. The thickness is preferably in the range of not less than 100 nm and not more than 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of not less than 15 nm and not more than 60 nm. When the average primary particle size of the coloring material is in the above range, a display device including a color filter manufactured using the colored resin composition of the present invention can have high contrast and high quality. .
 また、色材の平均分散粒径は、用いる色材の種類によっても異なるが、10nm以上100nmの範囲内であることが好ましく、15nm以上60nm以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。
 色材の平均分散粒径は、少なくとも溶剤を含有する分散媒体中に分散している色材粒子の分散粒径であって、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計により測定されるものである。レーザー光散乱粒度分布計による粒径の測定としては、着色樹脂組成物に用いられている溶剤で、色材分散液をレーザー光散乱粒度分布計で測定可能な濃度に適宜希釈(例えば、1000倍など)し、レーザー光散乱粒度分布計(例えば、日機装社製ナノトラック粒度分布測定装置UPA-EX150)を用いて動的光散乱法により23℃にて測定することができる。ここでの平均分布粒径は、体積平均粒径である。
Further, the average dispersed particle size of the colorant varies depending on the type of the colorant used, but is preferably in the range of 10 nm to 100 nm, and more preferably in the range of 15 nm to 60 nm.
The average dispersed particle size of the coloring material is a dispersed particle size of the coloring material particles dispersed in a dispersion medium containing at least a solvent, and is measured by a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter. As the measurement of the particle size by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter, the colorant dispersion is appropriately diluted with a solvent used for the colored resin composition to a concentration measurable by the laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, 1000 times). And the like, and can be measured at 23 ° C. by a dynamic light scattering method using a laser light scattering particle size distribution meter (for example, Nanotrac particle size distribution analyzer UPA-EX150 manufactured by Nikkiso Co., Ltd.). Here, the average distribution particle size is a volume average particle size.
 着色樹脂組成物中の色材の含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、15質量部以上90質量部以下であることが好ましく、30質量部以上80質量部以下であることがより好ましい。色材の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、所望の光学特性が得られ、所望の機能が発現し、また色材の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されやすく、硬化不良を抑制でき、また着色樹脂組成物の塗膜のパターニングが容易となる。 The content of the coloring material in the colored resin composition is preferably from 15 parts by mass to 90 parts by mass, and more preferably from 30 parts by mass to 80 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Is more preferable. When the content of the coloring material is equal to or more than the above lower limit, desired optical characteristics are obtained, a desired function is exhibited, and when the content of the coloring material is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the coloring material-derived compound Precipitation is easily suppressed, poor curing can be suppressed, and patterning of the coating film of the colored resin composition becomes easy.
<フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基を有する化合物(E)>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基を有する化合物(以下、この化合物を「析出抑制化合物」と称する)を更に含むことが、着色層を形成する際に行われる加熱処理(ポストベーク)により生じる色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制し、着色層の輝度及びコントラストを向上する点から好ましい。
 前記析出抑制化合物は、分子内にフルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基をそれぞれ1つ以上有する化合物である。前記析出抑制化合物が有するフルオロカーボン基は、熱を加えると塗膜表面に移動する傾向があるので、前記析出抑制化合物は、加熱処理時に塗膜の表面方向に移動すると考えられる。一方で、前記析出抑制化合物が有する架橋環式脂肪族基は嵩高いので、色材由来の化合物が表面付近に到達しても、塗膜の表面付近に存在する架橋環式脂肪族基が色材由来の化合物をブロックすることによって色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されると考えられる。また、塗膜の表面付近では、色材の結晶成長自体も抑制されると推定される。さらに、塗膜中において色材由来の化合物は膜強度が弱い箇所に集まりやすいが、塗膜の表面付近に存在する嵩高い架橋環式脂肪族基により、塗膜の表面付近では膜強度の低下が抑制され、色材由来の化合物が集まることも抑制される。これにより、前記析出抑制化合物を含むことで、着色層において色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制できると推察される。また、前記析出抑制化合物を用いて、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制することにより、輝度及びコントラストが向上する点からも好ましい。
 なお、化合物が、フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基を有することは、核磁気共鳴装置を用いて測定したH-及び13C-NMRスペクトルから確認することができる。
<Compound (E) having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group>
When forming the colored layer, the colored resin composition according to the present invention may further include a compound having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group (hereinafter, this compound is referred to as a “precipitation inhibiting compound”). This is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material caused by the heat treatment (post-baking) and improving the brightness and contrast of the colored layer.
The precipitation inhibiting compound is a compound having at least one fluorocarbon group and at least one crosslinked cycloaliphatic group in the molecule. Since the fluorocarbon group of the precipitation suppressing compound tends to move to the surface of the coating film when heat is applied, it is considered that the precipitation suppressing compound moves toward the surface of the coating film during heat treatment. On the other hand, since the crosslinked cycloaliphatic group of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is bulky, the crosslinked cycloaliphatic group existing near the surface of the coating film is colored even if the coloring material-derived compound reaches near the surface. It is considered that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material is suppressed by blocking the compound derived from the material. In addition, it is presumed that the crystal growth itself of the coloring material is suppressed near the surface of the coating film. In addition, compounds derived from coloring materials tend to collect in the coating film at locations where the film strength is weak, but due to the bulky cross-linked cycloaliphatic groups present near the surface of the coating film, the film strength decreases near the coating surface. Is suppressed, and the concentration of compounds derived from the coloring material is also suppressed. Thus, it is presumed that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material in the colored layer can be suppressed by including the precipitation inhibiting compound. Further, it is preferable from the viewpoint of improving the luminance and the contrast by further suppressing the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound by using the precipitation suppressing compound.
The fact that the compound has a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group can be confirmed from 1 H- and 13 C-NMR spectra measured using a nuclear magnetic resonance apparatus.
 前記析出抑制化合物が有するフルオロカーボン基とは、炭化水素基の水素原子の少なくとも一部がフッ素原子で置換された構造を有する基を意味している。なお、フルオロカーボン基は、フッ素原子または水素原子の一部が塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子(ただし、フッ素原子は除く)、水酸基、チオール基、アルコキシ基、エーテル基、アミノ基、ニトリル基、ニトロ基、スルホニル基、スルフィニル基あるいはエステル基、アミノ基、アシル基、アミド基、カルボキシ基等のカルボニル含有基など各種置換基で置換されたものでもよいし、主鎖の一部にエーテル結合(-O-)やスルホニル結合(-SO-)を有していてもよい。 The fluorocarbon group contained in the precipitation-inhibiting compound means a group having a structure in which at least a part of a hydrogen atom of a hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom. Note that a fluorocarbon group is a compound in which a part of a fluorine atom or a hydrogen atom is a halogen atom such as a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom (however, a fluorine atom is excluded), a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, an alkoxy group, an ether group, an amino group, It may be substituted with various substituents such as a nitrile group, a nitro group, a sulfonyl group, a sulfinyl group or a carbonyl-containing group such as an ester group, an amino group, an acyl group, an amide group, a carboxy group, or may be a part of the main chain. It may have an ether bond (—O—) or a sulfonyl bond (—SO 2 —).
 前記析出抑制化合物におけるフルオロカーボン基の炭素数は、他の成分との相溶性を向上させ、また着色樹脂組成物の塗布の際に最適なレオロジー特性を得る観点から、2以上10以下であることが好ましい。フルオロカーボン基の炭素数の下限は4以上であることがより好ましく、上限は7以下であることがより好ましい。 The carbon number of the fluorocarbon group in the precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably 2 or more and 10 or less from the viewpoint of improving compatibility with other components and obtaining optimum rheological properties when applying the colored resin composition. preferable. The lower limit of the number of carbon atoms of the fluorocarbon group is more preferably 4 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 7 or less.
 フルオロカーボン基は、炭化水素基の水素原子の一部がフッ素原子で置換されたフルオロカーボン基であってもよいが、前記析出抑制化合物を着色層の表面に存在させて、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する観点から、炭化水素基の水素原子が全てフッ素原子で置換されたパーフルオロカーボン基が好ましい。 The fluorocarbon group may be a fluorocarbon group in which a part of hydrogen atoms of a hydrocarbon group is substituted with a fluorine atom, but the precipitation suppressing compound is present on the surface of the coloring layer to precipitate a compound derived from a coloring material. From the viewpoint of suppressing the above, a perfluorocarbon group in which all the hydrogen atoms of the hydrocarbon group are substituted with fluorine atoms is preferable.
 フルオロカーボン基としては、例えば、飽和構造を有するフルオロアルキル基、不飽和構造を有するフルオロアルケニル基、芳香族骨格を有するフルオロアルキルアリール基等が挙げられるが、特に、フルオロアルキル基及びフルオロアルケニル基は合成が容易で有用である。 Examples of the fluorocarbon group include a fluoroalkyl group having a saturated structure, a fluoroalkenyl group having an unsaturated structure, and a fluoroalkylaryl group having an aromatic skeleton.In particular, a fluoroalkyl group and a fluoroalkenyl group are synthesized. Is easy and useful.
 フルオロアルキル基としては、炭素数が2以上10以下のフルオロアルキル基が挙げられる。炭素数2以上10以下のフルオロアルキル基の中でも、前記析出抑制化合物を着色層の表面に存在させて、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する観点から、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。炭素数2以上10以下のパーフルオロアルキル基としては、例えば、パーフルオロエチル基、パーフルオロプロピル基、パーフルオロイソプロピル基、パーフルオロブチル基、パーフルオロペンチル基、パーフルオロへキシル基、パーフルオロヘプチル基、パーフルオロオクチル基、パーフルオロノニル基、パーフルオロデシル基等が挙げられる。 The fluoroalkyl group includes a fluoroalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Among the fluoroalkyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a perfluoroalkyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material by causing the precipitation suppressing compound to be present on the surface of the coloring layer. Examples of the perfluoroalkyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms include perfluoroethyl, perfluoropropyl, perfluoroisopropyl, perfluorobutyl, perfluoropentyl, perfluorohexyl, and perfluoroheptyl. Group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluorononyl group, perfluorodecyl group and the like.
 フルオロアルケニル基としては、炭素数が2以上10以下のフルオロアルケニル基が挙げられる。炭素数2以上10以下のフルオロアルケニル基の中でも、前記析出抑制化合物を着色層の表面に存在させて、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する観点から、パーフルアルケニル基が好ましい。炭素数2以上10以下のパーフルオロアルケニル基としては、例えば、パーフルオロプロペニル基、パーフルオロイソプロペニル基、パーフルオロブテニル基、パーフルオロイソブテニル基、パーフルオロペンテニル基、パーフルオロイソペンテニル基、パーフルオロヘキセニル基、パーフルオロヘプテニル基、パーフルオロオクテニル基、パーフルオロノネニル基、パーフルオロデセニル基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluoroalkenyl group include fluoroalkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms. Among the fluoroalkenyl groups having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, a perfulalkenyl group is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material by causing the precipitation suppressing compound to be present on the surface of the coloring layer. Examples of the perfluoroalkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms include a perfluoropropenyl group, a perfluoroisopropenyl group, a perfluorobutenyl group, a perfluoroisobutenyl group, a perfluoropentenyl group, and a perfluoroisopentenyl group. , A perfluorohexenyl group, a perfluoroheptenyl group, a perfluorooctenyl group, a perfluorononenyl group, a perfluorodecenyl group and the like.
 前記析出抑制化合物が有する架橋環式脂肪族基とは、2つ以上の環が2以上の原子を共有した構造を有する脂肪族基を意味する。架橋環式脂肪族基の炭素数は、他の材料との相溶性やアルカリ現像液に対する溶解性の観点から、5以上12以下であることが好ましい。架橋環式脂肪族基の炭素数の下限は7以上であることがより好ましく、上限は10以下であることがより好ましい。 架橋 The bridged cyclic aliphatic group of the precipitation inhibiting compound means an aliphatic group having a structure in which two or more rings share two or more atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group is preferably 5 or more and 12 or less from the viewpoint of compatibility with other materials and solubility in an alkali developing solution. The lower limit of the number of carbon atoms in the crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group is more preferably 7 or more, and the upper limit is more preferably 10 or less.
 架橋環式脂肪族基としては、例えば、置換されていてもよいノルボルニル基、置換されていてもよいイソボルニル基、置換されていてもよいアダマンチル基、置換されていてもよいトリシクロデシル基、置換されていてもよいジシクロペンテニル基、置換されていてもよいジシクロペンタニル基、置換されていてもよいトリシクロペンテニル基、置換されていてもよいトリシクロペンタニル基、置換されていてもよいトリシクロペンタジエン基、及び置換されていてもよいジシクロペンタジエン基等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、耐熱性の点及び色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する点から、置換されていてもよいアダマンチル基や置換されていてもよいジシクロペンタニル基が好ましく、置換されていてもよいアダマンチル基がより好ましい。これらの基が置換されている場合、置換基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルキルシクロアルキル基、ヒドロキシル基、ケトン基、ニトロ基、アミン基、ハロゲン原子等が挙げられる。 Examples of the bridged cyclic aliphatic group include, for example, an optionally substituted norbornyl group, an optionally substituted isobornyl group, an optionally substituted adamantyl group, an optionally substituted tricyclodecyl group, a substituted Optionally substituted dicyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted dicyclopentanyl group, optionally substituted tricyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted tricyclopentenyl group, optionally substituted Good tricyclopentadiene groups and optionally substituted dicyclopentadiene groups are exemplified. Among these, an adamantyl group which may be substituted or a dicyclopentanyl group which may be substituted is preferable from the viewpoint of heat resistance and the point of suppressing precipitation of a compound derived from a coloring material, and even if substituted, Good adamantyl groups are more preferred. When these groups are substituted, examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkylcycloalkyl group, a hydroxyl group, a ketone group, a nitro group, an amine group, and a halogen atom.
 析出抑制化合物のガラス転移温度は、150℃以上250℃以下であることが好ましい。析出抑制化合物のガラス転移温度が150℃以上であると、析出抑制化合物が塗膜表面にブリードアウトした後、塗膜表面を擦ったとしても、耐摩耗性が高いので、カラーフィルタの品質を向上させることができ、また250℃以下であると、析出抑制化合物が塗膜表面に移動しやすく(ブリードが起こりやすく)、より色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制することができる。析出抑制化合物のガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121-1987に準拠し、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により測定することにより求めることができる。析出抑制化合物のガラス転移温度の下限は180℃以上であることがより好ましく、上限は230℃以下であることがより好ましい。 ガ ラ ス The glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably from 150 ° C to 250 ° C. If the glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound is 150 ° C. or more, even if the precipitation-inhibiting compound bleeds out to the surface of the coating film and then the surface of the coating film is rubbed, the abrasion resistance is high, so the quality of the color filter is improved. When the temperature is 250 ° C. or lower, the precipitation inhibiting compound easily moves to the coating film surface (bleeding easily occurs), and the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material can be further suppressed. The glass transition temperature of the precipitation-inhibiting compound can be determined by measuring it by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121-1987. The lower limit of the glass transition temperature of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 180 ° C. or higher, and the upper limit is more preferably 230 ° C. or lower.
 前記析出抑制化合物は、フルオロカーボン基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位と、架橋環式脂肪族基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位とを含む共重合体とすることが可能である。 The precipitation-inhibiting compound includes a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. It is possible to obtain a copolymer containing a structural unit derived therefrom.
 前記析出抑制化合物において、前記化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位と、前記化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位とのモル比(E-1:E-2)は、5:95~70:30であることが好ましく、更に10:90~50:50であることが好ましく、より更に13:87~30:70であることが好ましい。上記モル比が上記範囲内となることにより、着色樹脂組成物中の各成分との相溶性、析出抑制効果及び着色樹脂組成物のレオロジー特性が良好となる。前記析出抑制化合物における各構成単位のモル比は、核磁気共鳴(NMR)分析法の測定結果から求めることができる。 In the precipitation inhibiting compound, the molar ratio (E-1: E-2) of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) to the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is 5:95. The ratio is preferably from 70:30 to 30, more preferably from 10:90 to 50:50, and still more preferably from 13:87 to 30:70. When the molar ratio is within the above range, the compatibility with each component in the colored resin composition, the effect of suppressing precipitation, and the rheological properties of the colored resin composition are improved. The molar ratio of each structural unit in the precipitation-inhibiting compound can be determined from the result of nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) analysis.
 前記析出抑制化合物は、例えば、下記一般式(1)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(2)で表される構成単位とを含む共重合体であることが好ましい。 The precipitation-inhibiting compound is preferably, for example, a copolymer containing a structural unit represented by the following general formula (1) and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(一般式(1)及び一般式(2)中、X及びXはそれぞれ独立に、直接結合、置換されていてもよい炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基、又は置換されていてもよい炭素数1以上4以下のオキシアルキレン基であり、Rfは、炭素数2以上10以下のフルオロカーボン基であり、R11及びR12はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は置換されていてもよい炭素数1以上6以下の炭化水素基であり、Aは架橋環式脂肪族基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(In the general formulas (1) and (2), X 1 and X 2 may be each independently a direct bond, an optionally substituted alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or an optionally substituted alkylene group. An oxyalkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, Rf is a fluorocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and R 11 and R 12 are each independently a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted carbon number. It is a hydrocarbon group of 1 or more and 6 or less, and A 1 is a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group.)
 前記一般式(1)及び前記一般式(2)中のX及びXにおける炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロピレン基、ブチレン基等が挙げられる。X及びXにおける炭素数1以上4以下のオキシアルキレン基としては、例えば、オキシメチレン基、オキシエチレン基、オキシプロピレン基、オキシブチレン基等が挙げられる。また、前記アルキレン基及び前記オキシアルキレン基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、酸性基、ニトロ基、カルボニル基、アミド基、アミノ基等を挙げることができる。X及びXは、中でも、直接結合又は炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in X 1 and X 2 in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example, a methylene group, an ethylene group, a propylene group, and a butylene group. . Examples of the oxyalkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms in X 1 and X 2 include an oxymethylene group, an oxyethylene group, an oxypropylene group, and an oxybutylene group. Examples of the substituent which the alkylene group and the oxyalkylene group may have include, for example, a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an acidic group, a nitro group, a carbonyl group, an amide group, an amino group and the like. X 1 and X 2 are particularly preferably a direct bond or an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
 前記一般式(1)及び前記一般式(2)中のR11及びR12における炭素数1以上6以下の炭化水素基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、イソプロピル基、tert-ブチル基、ペンチル基、ヘキシル基等の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基等のシクロアルキル基、フェニル基等のアリール基等が挙げられる。また、前記炭化水素基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、酸性基、ニトロ基、アミノ基等を挙げることができる。R11及びR12は、中でも、水素原子又は炭素数1以上3以下の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基であることが特に好ましい。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 11 and R 12 in the general formulas (1) and (2) include, for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, and an isopropyl group. And a linear or branched alkyl group such as tert-butyl group, pentyl group and hexyl group; cycloalkyl group such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group; and aryl group such as phenyl group. Examples of the substituent which the hydrocarbon group may have include a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an acidic group, a nitro group and an amino group. Among them, R 11 and R 12 are preferably a hydrogen atom or a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 前記一般式(1)中のRfにおける炭素数2以上10以下のフルオロカーボン基としては、例えば、前述したフルオロカーボン基のうち、炭素数2以上10以下のものを用いることができ、中でも、炭素数2以上10以下の前記フルオロアルキル基を好ましく用いることができる。
 前記一般式(2)中のAにおける架橋環式脂肪族基としては、前述した架橋環式脂肪族基を用いることができる。
As the fluorocarbon group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms for Rf in the general formula (1), for example, among the above-mentioned fluorocarbon groups, those having 2 to 10 carbon atoms can be used. More than 10 or less of the above fluoroalkyl groups can be preferably used.
As the crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group for A 1 in the general formula (2), the above-mentioned crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group can be used.
 前記析出抑制化合物は、析出抑制効果の観点から、前記化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位と、前記化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位とを含むブロック共重合体であることが好ましい。析出抑制化合物がブロック共重合体である場合、前記化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位は、3個以上15個以下であることが好ましく、前記化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位は、5個以上40個以下であることが好ましい。前記化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位及び前記化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位が上記範囲内にあると、着色樹脂組成物の各成分の相溶性及びレオロジー特性を損なうことなく析出抑制効果を発現することができる。 The precipitation inhibiting compound may be a block copolymer containing a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) and a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) from the viewpoint of the precipitation suppressing effect. preferable. When the precipitation-preventing compound is a block copolymer, the number of structural units derived from the compound (E-1) is preferably from 3 to 15, and the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is preferred. Is preferably 5 or more and 40 or less. When the structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) and the structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) are within the above ranges, the compatibility and rheological properties of each component of the colored resin composition are not impaired. A precipitation suppressing effect can be exhibited.
 上記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されない。公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができるが、中でもリビング重合法で製造することが好ましい。連鎖移動や失活が起こりにくく、分子量の揃った共重合体を製造することができ、分散性等を向上できるからである。リビング重合法としては、リビングラジカル重合法、グループトランスファー重合法等のリビングアニオン重合法、リビングカチオン重合法等を挙げることができる。これらの方法によりモノマーを順次重合することによって共重合体を製造することができる。例えば、化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位からなるブロック(Aブロック)を先に製造し、Aブロックに化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位からなるブロック(Bブロック)を重合することにより、ブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また上記の製造方法において重合の順番を上記とは逆にすることもできる。また、それぞれブロックを別々に製造し、その後、それぞれのブロックをカップリングすることもできる。 製造 The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited. Although a block copolymer can be produced by a known method, production by a living polymerization method is preferable. This is because chain transfer and deactivation hardly occur, a copolymer having a uniform molecular weight can be produced, and dispersibility and the like can be improved. Examples of the living polymerization method include a living anionic polymerization method such as a living radical polymerization method and a group transfer polymerization method, and a living cationic polymerization method. A copolymer can be produced by sequentially polymerizing monomers by these methods. For example, a block (A block) composed of a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) is first produced, and a block (B block) composed of a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2) is polymerized on the A block. Thereby, a block copolymer can be produced. In the above production method, the order of polymerization may be reversed. Alternatively, each block can be manufactured separately, and then each block can be coupled.
 ブロック共重合体の各ブロックの配置は特に限定されず、例えば、ABブロック共重合体、ABAブロック共重合体、BABブロック共重合体等とすることができる。中でも、分散性に優れる点で、ABブロック共重合体、又はABAブロック共重合体が好ましい。 配置 The arrangement of each block of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, an AB block copolymer, an ABA block copolymer, a BAB block copolymer, or the like. Above all, an AB block copolymer or an ABA block copolymer is preferable in terms of excellent dispersibility.
 前記析出抑制化合物は、着色樹脂組成物の相溶性やガラス転移点を制御するために、前記化合物(E-1)及び前記化合物(E-2)と共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-3)に由来する構成単位を更に含んでいてもよい。 The precipitation inhibiting compound has an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable with the compound (E-1) and the compound (E-2) in order to control the compatibility and the glass transition point of the colored resin composition. It may further contain a structural unit derived from compound (E-3).
 前記化合物(E-3)に由来する構成単位としては、例えば、下記一般式(3)で表される構成単位が挙げられる。
 前記析出抑制化合物としては、前記一般式(1)で表される構成単位と、前記一般式(2)で表される構成単位と、下記一般式(3)で表される構成単位とを含む共重合体を好ましく用いることができる。
Examples of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) include a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3).
The precipitation inhibiting compound includes a structural unit represented by the general formula (1), a structural unit represented by the general formula (2), and a structural unit represented by the following general formula (3). A copolymer can be preferably used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(一般式(3)中、R13は、水素原子、又は置換されていてもよい炭素数1以上6以下の炭化水素基であり、Aは、置換されていてもよいアリール基、置換されていてもよいピリジニル基、又は下記一般式(4)で表される基である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
(In the general formula (3), R 13 is a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and A 2 is an optionally substituted aryl group, A pyridinyl group or a group represented by the following general formula (4))
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(一般式(4)中、Aは、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいベンジル基、置換されていてもよいシクロペンチル基、置換されていてもよいシクロペンチルアルキル基、置換されていてもよいシクロヘキシル基、又は置換されていてもよいシクロヘキシルアルキル基である。*は結合位置を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
(In the general formula (4), A 3 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted benzyl group, an optionally substituted cyclopentyl group, an optionally substituted cyclopentylalkyl A cyclohexyl group which may be substituted, or a cyclohexylalkyl group which may be substituted. * Indicates a bonding position.)
 前記一般式(3)中のR13における置換されていてもよい炭素数1以上6以下の炭化水素基としては、前記一般式(1)及び前記一般式(2)中のR11及びR12における炭素数1以上6以下の炭化水素基と同様のものを用いることができる。
 前記一般式(3)中のAにおけるアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられる。前記アリール基の炭素原子数は、6以上24以下が好ましく、更に6以上12以下が好ましい。
 また、前記一般式(3)中のAにおけるアリール基及びピリジニル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1以上4以下の直鎖状又は分岐状のアルキル基及びアルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子等を挙げることができる。
 前記一般式(4)中のAが有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、水酸基、アシル基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1以上4以下のアルコキシ基等を挙げることができる。
Examples of the optionally substituted hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms in R 13 in the general formula (3) include R 11 and R 12 in the general formulas (1) and (2). And the same hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms can be used.
The aryl group in A 2 in formula (3), for example, a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, xylyl group. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
Examples of the substituent which the aryl group and the pyridinyl group in A 2 in the general formula (3) may have include, for example, a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms and Examples thereof include an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
Examples of the substituent which A 3 in the general formula (4) may have include, for example, a hydroxyl group, an acyl group, a nitro group, an amino group, a carboxy group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. And the like.
 前記析出抑制化合物が、前記化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位と、前記化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位と、前記化合物(E-3)に由来する構成単位とを含む共重合体である場合、これらの構成単位の合計100モルに対する前記化合物(E-3)に由来する構成単位の割合は、着色樹脂組成物の相溶性及びガラス転移点に応じて適宜調整され、特に限定はされないが、析出抑制効果を向上しやすい点から、50モル以下であることが好ましく、30モル以下であることがより好ましく、10モル以下であることがより更に好ましい。 The precipitation-inhibiting compound contains a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1), a structural unit derived from the compound (E-2), and a structural unit derived from the compound (E-3). In the case of a polymer, the ratio of the structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) to 100 mol of the total of these structural units is appropriately adjusted according to the compatibility and the glass transition point of the colored resin composition. Although not limited, the amount is preferably 50 mol or less, more preferably 30 mol or less, and even more preferably 10 mol or less, from the viewpoint of easily improving the effect of suppressing precipitation.
 前記析出抑制化合物は、例えば、フルオロカーボン基及びエチレン性飽和基を有する化合物(E-1)と、架橋環式脂肪族基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-2)とを含み、必要に応じて、前記化合物(E-1)及び前記化合物(E-2)と共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-3)を含む2種以上のモノマーを共重合させることにより得ることができる。フルオロカーボン基及びエチレン性飽和基を有する化合物(E-1)としては、例えば、下記一般式(1-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。架橋環式脂肪族基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-2)としては、例えば、下記一般式(2-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 The precipitation inhibiting compound includes, for example, a compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically saturated group, and a compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group. In accordance with the above, by copolymerizing two or more monomers including a compound (E-3) having an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable with the compound (E-1) and the compound (E-2) Obtainable. Examples of the compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenic saturated group include a compound represented by the following general formula (1-1). Examples of the compound (E-2) having a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group and an ethylenically unsaturated group include a compound represented by the following general formula (2-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(一般式(1-1)中、X、Rf及びR11は前記一般式(1)と同様である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(In the general formula (1-1), X 1 , Rf and R 11 are the same as those in the general formula (1).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(一般式(2-1)中、X、A及びR12は前記一般式(2)と同様である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
(In the general formula (2-1), X 2 , A 1 and R 12 are the same as those in the general formula (2).
 前記化合物(E-1)の具体例としては、例えば、2-(パーフルオロプロピル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロイソプロピル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロブチル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロペンチル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロヘプチル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロオクチル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロノニル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-(パーフルオロデシル)エチル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、析出抑制効果と着色樹脂組成物のレオロジー特性の観点から、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 Specific examples of the compound (E-1) include, for example, 2- (perfluoropropyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoroisopropyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorobutyl) ethyl ( (Meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoropentyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluoroheptyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorooctyl) Ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorononyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate, 2- (perfluorodecyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate and the like can be mentioned. Among these, 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl (meth) acrylate is preferred from the viewpoint of the precipitation suppressing effect and the rheological properties of the colored resin composition.
 前記化合物(E-2)の具体例としては、例えば、1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、1-メチル-1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、2-メチル-2-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、ノルボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンテニル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロペンテニル(メタ)アクリレート、ジシクロペンタジエニル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロペンタジエニル(メタ)アクリレート等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、着色樹脂組成物の各成分との相溶性や析出抑制効果の観点から、1-アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート及びジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。 Specific examples of the compound (E-2) include 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 1-methyl-1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methyl-2-adamantyl (meth) acrylate, norbornyl (meth) A) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate , Dicyclopentadienyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclopentadienyl (meth) acrylate and the like. Among these, 1-adamantyl (meth) acrylate and dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate are preferred from the viewpoint of compatibility with each component of the colored resin composition and the effect of suppressing precipitation.
 また、前記析出抑制化合物が、前記化合物(E-1)及び前記化合物(E-2)と共重合可能なエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-3)に由来する構成単位を更に含んでいる場合において、当該化合物(E-3)としては、例えば、下記一般式(3-1)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Further, the precipitation-inhibiting compound further includes a structural unit derived from the compound (E-3) having an ethylenically unsaturated group copolymerizable with the compound (E-1) and the compound (E-2). In such cases, the compound (E-3) includes, for example, a compound represented by the following general formula (3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(一般式(3-1)中、A及びR13は前記一般式(3)と同様である。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
(In the general formula (3-1), A 2 and R 13 are the same as those in the general formula (3).)
 前記化合物(E-3)の具体例としては、例えば、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸、スチレン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチルエチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ビニルピリジン等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、着色樹脂組成物の相溶性や析出抑制効果の観点から、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、(メタ)アクリル酸、スチレンが好ましい。 Specific examples of the compound (E-3) include, for example, methyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, styrene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentylmethyl ( Examples include (meth) acrylate, cyclopentylethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, and vinylpyridine. Among these, methyl (meth) acrylate, (meth) acrylic acid, and styrene are preferred from the viewpoint of the compatibility of the colored resin composition and the effect of suppressing precipitation.
 前記析出抑制化合物の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、3,000以上10,000以下であることが好ましい。析出抑制化合物の重量平均分子量が3,000以上10,000以下であると、他の材料との親和性に優れ、また着色樹脂組成物の粘度が高くなり過ぎることもないので、ベイク時の熱による表面ブリードが阻害されず、析出抑制効果が損なわれにくい。析出抑制化合物の分子量の下限は4000以上であることがより好ましく、また析出抑制化合物の分子量の上限は8000以下であることがより好ましい。 (4) The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the precipitation inhibiting compound is preferably 3,000 or more and 10,000 or less. When the weight average molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound is 3,000 or more and 10,000 or less, the affinity with other materials is excellent, and the viscosity of the colored resin composition does not become too high. Does not inhibit surface bleeding, and the effect of suppressing precipitation is not easily impaired. The lower limit of the molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 4000 or more, and the upper limit of the molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound is more preferably 8000 or less.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が析出抑制化合物を含有する場合、析出抑制化合物の含有量は、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する効果が高く、塗布された着色樹脂組成物の塗膜の平滑性を向上させることできる点から、着色樹脂組成物の固形分の全量100質量部に対し、0.05質量部以上であることが好ましく、0.1質量部以上であることがより好ましく、0.2質量部以上であることがより更に好ましく、一方で、成分の分離や硬化不良を抑制することができる点から、12質量部以下であることが好ましく、10質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以下であることがより更に好ましく、1質量部以下であることが特に好ましい。 When the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a precipitation-inhibiting compound, the content of the precipitation-inhibiting compound has a high effect of suppressing the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material, and the coating of the applied colored resin composition is coated. From the viewpoint of improving smoothness, the total amount of the solid content of the colored resin composition is preferably at least 0.05 part by mass, more preferably at least 0.1 part by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content. It is still more preferably 0.2 parts by mass or more, and on the other hand, it is preferably 12 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 10 parts by mass or less from the viewpoint of preventing separation of components and poor curing. More preferably, it is even more preferably 5 parts by mass or less, particularly preferably 1 part by mass or less.
<チオール化合物(F)>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、チオール化合物を更に含むことが、着色層の表面を緻密化することができ、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制することができる点から好ましい。本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物がチオール化合物を更に含む場合は、チオール化合物が架橋剤として機能し、前記ポリマー及び前記重合性化合物等の分子間の結合が強固になることで、着色層の表面を緻密化することができ、色材の結晶化が抑制されると推定される。
<Thiol compound (F)>
It is preferable that the colored resin composition according to the present invention further contains a thiol compound because the surface of the colored layer can be densified and the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material can be further suppressed. When the colored resin composition according to the present invention further contains a thiol compound, the thiol compound functions as a cross-linking agent and bonds between molecules of the polymer and the polymerizable compound are strengthened, so that the surface of the colored layer is Can be densified, and crystallization of the coloring material is estimated to be suppressed.
 チオール化合物は、分子内にチオール基を1個以上有する化合物であり、公知の化合物の中から適宜選択して用いることができる。チオール化合物は1種単独で用いてもよいし、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 The thiol compound is a compound having one or more thiol groups in the molecule, and can be appropriately selected from known compounds. The thiol compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 チオール化合物の具体例としては、例えば、1,2-エタンジチオール、1,3-プロパンジチオール、1,4-ブタンジチオール、1,6-へキサンジチオール、1,8-オクタンジチオール、1,2-シクロヘキサンジチオール、デカンジチオール、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、エチレングリコールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、エチレングリコールビスチオグリコレート、1,4-ブタンジオールジチオグリコレート、1,4-ブタンジオールビス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、トリメチロールプロパントリスチオグリコレート、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾール、トリメチロールプロパントリス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキスチオグリコレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、ペンタエリスリトールテトラキス(3-メルカプトブチレート)、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(3-メルカプトプロピオネート)、その他、種々の多価アルコールとチオグリコール酸、メルカプトプロピオン酸等のチオール基含有カルボン酸とのエステル、トリメルカプトプロピオン酸トリス(2-ヒドロキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、1,4-ジメチルメルカプトベンゼン、2、4、6-トリメルカプト-s-トリアジン、2-(N,N-ジブチルアミノ)-4,6-ジメルカプト-s-トリアジン等が挙げられる。チオール化合物としては、中でも、2-メルカプトベンゾチアゾールを用いることが、反応速度が向上する点から好ましい。 Specific examples of the thiol compound include, for example, 1,2-ethanedithiol, 1,3-propanedithiol, 1,4-butanedithiol, 1,6-hexanedithiol, 1,8-octanedithiol, 1,2- Cyclohexanedithiol, decanedithiol, ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, ethylene glycol bis (3-mercaptopropionate), ethylene glycol bisthioglycolate, 1,4-butanediol dithioglycolate, 1,4-butanediol bis ( 3-mercaptopropionate), trimethylolpropane tristhioglycolate, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole, trimethylolpropanetris (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakisthioglycolate, pentaerythritol Litol tetrakis (3-mercaptopropionate), pentaerythritol tetrakis (3-mercaptobutyrate), dipentaerythritol hexa (3-mercaptopropionate), and various other polyhydric alcohols and thioglycolic acid, mercaptopropion Ester with a thiol group-containing carboxylic acid such as an acid, tris (2-hydroxyethyl) isocyanurate trimercaptopropionate, 1,4-dimethylmercaptobenzene, 2,4,6-trimercapto-s-triazine, 2- ( (N, N-dibutylamino) -4,6-dimercapto-s-triazine and the like. As the thiol compound, 2-mercaptobenzothiazole is particularly preferred from the viewpoint of improving the reaction rate.
 チオール化合物は、チオール基に対してα位及びβ位の少なくともいずれかの炭素原子に置換基を有するチオール化合物であっても良い。このような具体例としては、例えば、2,5-ヘキサンジチオール、2,9-デカンジチオール、1,4-ビス(1-メルカプトエチル)ベンゼン、フタル酸ジ(1-メルカプトエチルエステル)、フタル酸ジ(2-メルカプトプロピルエステル)、フタル酸ジ(3-メルカプトブチルエステル)、フタル酸ジ(3-メルカプトイソブチルエステル)等が挙げられる。 The thiol compound may be a thiol compound having a substituent at at least one of the carbon atoms at the α-position and the β-position with respect to the thiol group. Such specific examples include, for example, 2,5-hexanedithiol, 2,9-decanedithiol, 1,4-bis (1-mercaptoethyl) benzene, phthalic acid di (1-mercaptoethyl ester), phthalic acid Examples thereof include di (2-mercaptopropyl ester), di (3-mercaptobutyl ester) phthalate, and di (3-mercaptoisobutyl ester) phthalate.
 チオール化合物としては、中でも、チオール基を1分子中に2個以上有する多官能チオール化合物からなる群から選択される1種以上を用いることが、架橋密度が高くなり、より析出抑制効果が得られる点及び表面粗度を低下させやすい点から好ましい。また、着色樹脂組成物を長期保存した場合にも、良好な析出抑制効果及び低い表面粗度が維持され易い点から、チオール基が結合する炭素原子が第2級炭素原子である2級チオール基を有する2級チオール化合物が好ましく、更に当該2級チオール基を1分子中に2個以上有する多官能2級チオール化合物であることがより好ましい。 As the thiol compound, among others, the use of one or more selected from the group consisting of polyfunctional thiol compounds having two or more thiol groups in one molecule increases the crosslink density, and provides a more precipitation-preventing effect. It is preferable from the viewpoint of easily reducing the surface roughness and the surface roughness. Further, even when the colored resin composition is stored for a long period of time, a secondary thiol group in which the carbon atom to which the thiol group is bonded is a secondary carbon atom is preferable from the viewpoint that a good precipitation suppressing effect and low surface roughness are easily maintained. Is preferred, and more preferably a polyfunctional secondary thiol compound having two or more such secondary thiol groups in one molecule.
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物がチオール化合物を含有する場合、着色樹脂組成物中のチオール化合物の含有量は、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、0.05質量部以上5質量部以下であることが好ましく、0.5質量部以上3質量部以下であることがより好ましい。チオール化合物の含有量が上記下限値以上であると、チオール化合物による硬化促進効果により塗膜を十分に硬化させることができ、またチオール化合物の含有量が上記上限値以下であると、硬化促進を制御でき、パターン端部の形状を歪める等の着色樹脂組成物の性能低下を抑制することができる。 When the colored resin composition according to the present invention contains a thiol compound, the content of the thiol compound in the colored resin composition is 0.05 parts by mass or more based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. The amount is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 3 parts by mass or less. When the content of the thiol compound is equal to or more than the lower limit, the coating film can be sufficiently cured by the curing promotion effect of the thiol compound, and when the content of the thiol compound is equal to or less than the upper limit, the curing is accelerated. This can control the performance of the colored resin composition, such as distorting the shape of the pattern edge, and can suppress the performance degradation of the colored resin composition.
<分散剤(G)>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、色材の分散性及び分散安定性を向上させる観点から、分散剤を更に含むことが好ましい。
 本発明に用いられる分散剤としては、特に限定されないが、色材への吸着性能が向上し、色材の分散性及び分散安定性を向上させる観点から、下記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を用いることが好ましい。下記一般式(11)で表される構成単位は塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。
<Dispersant (G)>
The colored resin composition according to the present invention preferably further contains a dispersant from the viewpoint of improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material.
The dispersant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is represented by the following general formula (11) from the viewpoint of improving the adsorption performance on the colorant and improving the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the colorant. It is preferable to use a polymer having a structural unit. The structural unit represented by the following general formula (11) has basicity and functions as an adsorption site for a coloring material.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(一般式(11)中、R14は水素原子又はメチル基、Lは、2価の連結基、R15及びR16は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基を表し、R15及びR16が互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
(In the general formula (11), R 14 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, L is a divalent linking group, and R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a hydrocarbon which may contain a hetero atom. R 15 and R 16 may combine with each other to form a ring structure.)
 前記一般式(11)中のLにおける2価の連結基としては、例えば、炭素原子数1以上10以下のアルキレン基、アリーレン基、-CONH-基、-COO-基、炭素原子数1以上10以下のエーテル基(-R’-OR”-:R’及びR”は、各々独立にアルキレン基)及びこれらの組み合わせ等が挙げられる。これらの中でも、分散性の点から、上記式(11)におけるLは、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L in the general formula (11) include an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, an arylene group, a —CONH— group, a —COO— group, and a carbon atom having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The following ether groups (-R'-OR "-: R 'and R" are each independently an alkylene group) and combinations thereof and the like. Among these, from the viewpoint of dispersibility, L in the above formula (11) is preferably a divalent linking group containing a -CONH- group or a -COO- group.
 R15及びR16における、ヘテロ原子を含んでもよい炭化水素基における炭化水素基は、例えば、アルキル基、アラルキル基、アリール基などが挙げられ、前記アルキル基の炭素原子数は、1以上18以下が好ましく、中でも、メチル基又はエチル基であることがより好ましい。 Examples of the hydrocarbon group in the hydrocarbon group which may include a hetero atom in R 15 and R 16 include, for example, an alkyl group, an aralkyl group, and an aryl group, and the alkyl group has 1 to 18 carbon atoms. Is preferable, and among them, a methyl group or an ethyl group is more preferable.
 R15及びR16におけるヘテロ原子を含む炭化水素基とは、上記炭化水素基中の炭素原子がヘテロ原子で置き換えられた構造を有する。炭化水素基が含んでいてもよいヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケイ素原子等が挙げられる。 The hydrocarbon group containing a hetero atom in R 15 and R 16 has a structure in which a carbon atom in the hydrocarbon group is replaced with a hetero atom. Examples of the hetero atom which the hydrocarbon group may include include an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and a silicon atom.
 中でも、R15及びR16が各々独立に、水素原子、炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、R15とR16が結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましく、中でもR15及びR16の少なくとも1つが炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基、フェニル基であるか、又は、R15とR16が結合してピロリジン環、ピペリジン環、モルフォリン環を形成していることが好ましい。 Among them, R 15 and R 16 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 15 and R 16 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine ring, a piperidine ring, or a morpholine. It is preferable that at least one of R 15 and R 16 is an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a phenyl group, or R 15 and R 16 are bonded to form a pyrrolidine. It preferably forms a ring, a piperidine ring and a morpholine ring.
 上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位としては、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリレート等、ジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリルアミド、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドなどのアルキル基置換アミノ基含有(メタ)アクリルアミド等が挙げられる。中でも分散性、及び分散安定性が向上する点でジメチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジエチルアミノエチル(メタ)アクリレート、ジメチルアミノプロピル(メタ)アクリルアミドを好ましく用いることができる。 Examples of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) include an alkyl-substituted amino such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and diethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylate. Group-containing (meth) acrylates and the like, and alkyl group-substituted amino group-containing (meth) acrylamides such as dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylamide and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide are exemplified. Among them, dimethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, diethylaminoethyl (meth) acrylate, and dimethylaminopropyl (meth) acrylamide can be preferably used from the viewpoint of improving dispersibility and dispersion stability.
 上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位は、1種類からなるものであってもよく、2種以上の構成単位を含むものであってもよい。 構成 The structural unit represented by the general formula (11) may be composed of one type, or may include two or more types of structural units.
 上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を有する重合体においては、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と下記一般式(12)~(14)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していることが、塩形成部位において色材吸着性がより向上し、色材分散安定性、現像残渣の抑制、及び溶剤再溶解性に優れ、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制することができる点から好ましい。上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を有する重合体の当該一般式(11)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位と、下記一般式(12)~(14)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成していること、及びその割合は、例えばNMR等、公知の手法により確認することができる。 In the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (11), at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) and the following general formulas (12) to () The formation of a salt with at least one compound selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by the formula (14) further enhances the colorant adsorption property at the salt formation site, and improves the colorant dispersion stability and development. It is excellent in suppressing the residue and in the solvent resolubility, and is preferable in that the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material can be further suppressed. A terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) of the polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (11), and a group consisting of the following general formulas (12) to (14) The formation of a salt with one or more compounds selected from the above and the ratio can be confirmed by a known method such as NMR.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(一般式(12)において、R17は、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-R’を表し、R’は、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。
 一般式(13)において、R18、R19、及びR20はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、酸性基又はそのエステル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-R”表し、R”は、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表し、Qは、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子を表す。
 一般式(14)において、R21及びR22はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、水酸基、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは-O-R’を表し、R’は、炭素数1以上20以下の直鎖状、分岐状又は環状のアルキル基、ビニル基、置換基を有してもよいフェニル基又はベンジル基、或いは炭素数1以上4以下のアルキレン基を介した(メタ)アクリロイル基を表す。但し、R21及びR22の少なくとも一つは炭素原子を含む。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
(In the general formula (12), R 17 represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent, or- R ′ represents a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent, It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups.
In the general formula (13), R 18 , R 19 , and R 20 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an acidic group or an ester group thereof, a linear group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, A branched or cyclic alkyl group, a vinyl group which may have a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group which may have a substituent, or -OR ", wherein R" has a substituent A linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group optionally having a substituent, a phenyl group or a benzyl group optionally having a substituent, or a carbon number It represents a (meth) acryloyl group via 1 to 4 alkylene groups, and Q represents a chlorine atom, a bromine atom or an iodine atom.
In the general formula (14), R 21 and R 22 each independently have a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, and a substituent. Represents a phenyl group or a benzyl group, or —OR ′, wherein R ′ may have a linear, branched or cyclic alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a vinyl group, or a substituent. It represents a good phenyl or benzyl group or a (meth) acryloyl group via an alkylene group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. However, at least one of R 21 and R 22 contains a carbon atom. )
 上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を有する重合体は、色材の分散性及び分散安定性及び着色樹脂組成物の耐熱性を向上し、色材由来の化合物の析出をより抑制することができ、高輝度且つ高コントラストな着色層を形成できる点から、上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と、上記一般式(12)~(14)で表される化合物よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した塩型ブロック共重合体が好ましい。 The polymer having the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) improves the dispersibility and dispersion stability of the coloring material and the heat resistance of the colored resin composition, and further suppresses the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound. From the viewpoint that a colored layer having high luminance and high contrast can be formed, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen site of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) and the general formula (12) to ( A salt-type block copolymer in which one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the compounds represented by 14) form a salt is preferred.
 ブロック共重合体において、上記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を含むブロックをAブロックとすると、当該Aブロックは、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位が塩基性を有し、色材に対する吸着部位として機能する。また、当該一般式(11)で表される構成単位が有する末端の窒素部位の少なくとも一部と前記一般式(12)~(14)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物とが塩を形成した場合においては、当該塩形成部が色材に対してより強い吸着部位として機能する。一方、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を含まないBブロックは、溶剤親和性を有するブロックとして機能するようにする。そのため、ブロック共重合体は、色材と吸着するAブロックと溶剤親和性を有するBブロックとで機能を分担して、色材分散剤として機能する。 In the block copolymer, when a block containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) is an A block, the A block has a basic structure in which the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) has basicity. , Functions as an adsorption site for the coloring material. In addition, at least a part of the terminal nitrogen moiety of the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) and one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of the general formulas (12) to (14) are salts. Is formed, the salt-forming portion functions as a stronger adsorption site for the coloring material. On the other hand, the B block not containing the structural unit represented by the general formula (11) functions as a block having a solvent affinity. Therefore, the block copolymer functions as a colorant dispersant by sharing the function of the A block adsorbing with the colorant and the B block having solvent affinity.
 Bブロックは、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を含まないブロックである。Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を誘導するモノマーと重合可能な、エチレン性不飽和結合を有するモノマーの中から、溶剤親和性を有するように溶剤に応じて適宜選択して用いることが好ましい。目安として、組み合わせて用いられる溶剤に対して、重合体の23℃における溶解度が50(g/100g溶剤)以上となるように、溶剤親和性部位を導入することが好ましい。Bブロックを構成する構成単位としては、中でも下記一般式(15)で表される構成単位を含むことが好ましい。 The B block is a block that does not include the structural unit represented by the general formula (11). The structural unit constituting the B block is selected from monomers having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, which are polymerizable with the monomer for deriving the structural unit represented by the general formula (11), so as to have a solvent affinity. It is preferable to select and use them appropriately according to the solvent. As a guide, it is preferable to introduce a solvent affinity site so that the solubility of the polymer at 23 ° C. in the solvent used in combination is 50 (g / 100 g solvent) or more. It is preferable that the structural unit constituting the B block includes a structural unit represented by the following general formula (15).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(一般式(15)中、L’は、直接結合又は2価の連結基、R23は、水素原子又はメチル基、R24は、炭化水素基、-[CH(R25)-CH(R26)-O]-R27又は-[(CH-O]-R27で示される1価の基である。R25及びR26は、それぞれ独立に水素原子又はメチル基であり、R27は、水素原子、炭化水素基、-CHO、-CHCHO、又は-CHCOOR28で示される1価の基であり、R28は水素原子又は炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基である。
 上記炭化水素基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 xは1以上18以下の整数、yは1以上5以下の整数、zは1以上18以下の整数を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(In the general formula (15), L ′ is a direct bond or a divalent linking group, R 23 is a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, R 24 is a hydrocarbon group, — [CH (R 25 ) —CH (R 26 ) —O] x —R 27 or a monovalent group represented by — [(CH 2 ) y —O] z —R 27. R 25 and R 26 are each independently a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. R 27 is a hydrogen atom, a hydrocarbon group, a monovalent group represented by —CHO, —CH 2 CHO, or —CH 2 COOR 28 , and R 28 is a hydrogen atom or a carbon atom having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Is an alkyl group.
The hydrocarbon group may have a substituent.
x represents an integer of 1 to 18; y represents an integer of 1 to 5; z represents an integer of 1 to 18; )
 一般式(15)中の2価の連結基L’としては、一般式(11)におけるLと同様のものとすることができる。中でも、L’は、有機溶剤への溶解性の点から、直接結合、-CONH-基、又は、-COO-基を含む2価の連結基であることが好ましい。得られたポリマーの耐熱性や溶剤として好適に用いられるプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセタート(PGMEA)に対する溶解性、また比較的安価な材料である点から、L’は、-COO-基であることが好ましい。 The divalent linking group L in the general formula (15) can be the same as L in the general formula (11). Among them, L ′ is preferably a divalent linking group containing a direct bond, a —CONH— group, or a —COO— group from the viewpoint of solubility in an organic solvent. In view of the heat resistance of the obtained polymer, the solubility in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) suitably used as a solvent, and the fact that it is a relatively inexpensive material, L ′ may be a —COO— group. preferable.
 R24における炭化水素基としては、炭素原子数1以上18以下のアルキル基、炭素原子数2以上18以下のアルケニル基、アラルキル基、又はアリール基であることが好ましい。
 上記炭素原子数1以上18以下のアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、2-エトキシエチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、ボルニル基、イソボルニル基、ジシクロペンタニル基、ジシクロペンテニル基、アダマンチル基、低級アルキル基置換アダマンチル基などを挙げることができる。
 上記炭素原子数2以上18以下のアルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよい。このようなアルケニル基としては、例えばビニル基、アリル基、プロペニル基などを挙げることができる。アルケニル基の二重結合の位置には限定はないが、得られたポリマーの反応性の点からは、アルケニル基の末端に二重結合があることが好ましい。
 アルキル基やアルケニル基等の脂肪族炭化水素の置換基としては、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
The hydrocarbon group for R 24 is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group, or an aryl group.
The alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic. For example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, Examples thereof include a 2-ethylhexyl group, a 2-ethoxyethyl group, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, a bornyl group, an isobornyl group, a dicyclopentanyl group, a dicyclopentenyl group, an adamantyl group, and a lower alkyl-substituted adamantyl group.
The alkenyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Examples of such an alkenyl group include a vinyl group, an allyl group, and a propenyl group. Although the position of the double bond of the alkenyl group is not limited, it is preferable that the terminal of the alkenyl group has a double bond from the viewpoint of the reactivity of the obtained polymer.
Examples of the substituent of an aliphatic hydrocarbon such as an alkyl group and an alkenyl group include a nitro group and a halogen atom.
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、ビフェニル基、ナフチル基、トリル基、キシリル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アリール基の炭素原子数は、6以上24以下が好ましく、更に6以上12以下が好ましい。
 また、アラルキル基としては、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ビフェニルメチル基等が挙げられ、更に置換基を有していてもよい。アラルキル基の炭素原子数は、7以上20以下が好ましく、更に7以上14以下が好ましい。
 アリール基やアラルキル基等の芳香環の置換基としては、炭素原子数1以上4以下の直鎖状、分岐状のアルキル基の他、アルケニル基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子などを挙げることができる。
 なお、上記好ましい炭素原子数には、置換基の炭素原子数は含まれない。
Examples of the aryl group include a phenyl group, a biphenyl group, a naphthyl group, a tolyl group, and a xylyl group, and may further have a substituent. The number of carbon atoms of the aryl group is preferably 6 or more and 24 or less, more preferably 6 or more and 12 or less.
Examples of the aralkyl group include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a biphenylmethyl group and the like, and may further have a substituent. The aralkyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms.
Examples of the substituent for an aromatic ring such as an aryl group or an aralkyl group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkenyl group, a nitro group, and a halogen atom.
The preferred number of carbon atoms does not include the number of carbon atoms of the substituent.
 上記R24において、xは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上2以下の整数であり、yは1以上5以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは2又は3である。zは1以上18以下の整数、好ましくは1以上4以下の整数、より好ましくは1以上2以下の整数である。 In the above R 24, x is an integer of 1-18, preferably 1 to 4 integer, more preferably 1 to 2 integer, y is 1 to 5 integer, preferably 1 to 4 And more preferably 2 or 3. z is an integer of 1 or more and 18 or less, preferably an integer of 1 or more and 4 or less, more preferably an integer of 1 or more and 2 or less.
 上記R27における炭化水素基は、前記R24で示したものと同様のものとすることができる。
 R28は水素原子又は炭素原子数1以上5以下のアルキル基であって、当該アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、又は環状のいずれであってもよい。
 また、上記一般式(15)で表される構成単位中のR24は、互いに同一であってもよいし、異なるものであってもよい。
The hydrocarbon group for R 27 can be the same as that shown by the R 24.
R 28 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
Further, R 24 in the structural unit represented by the general formula (15) may be the same as or different from each other.
 上記R24としては、中でも、着色樹脂組成物が含有する溶剤との相溶性に優れたものとなるように選定することが好ましい。具体的には、例えば着色樹脂組成物が、カラーフィルタ用着色樹脂組成物の溶剤として一般的に使用されているグリコールエーテルアセテート系、エーテル系、エステル系などの溶剤を含有する場合には、上記R24としては、メチル基、エチル基、イソブチル基、n-ブチル基、2-エチルヘキシル基、ベンジル基等が好ましい。 It is preferable that R 24 be selected so as to have excellent compatibility with the solvent contained in the colored resin composition. Specifically, for example, when the colored resin composition contains a glycol ether acetate-based, ether-based, or ester-based solvent that is generally used as a solvent for the color filter colored resin composition, R 24 is preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an isobutyl group, an n-butyl group, a 2-ethylhexyl group, a benzyl group or the like.
 さらに、上記R24は、上記ブロック共重合体の分散性能等を妨げない範囲で、アルコキシ基、水酸基、エポキシ基、イソシアネート基等の置換基によって置換されたものとしてもよく、また、上記ブロック共重合体の合成後に、上記置換基を有する化合物と反応させて、上記置換基を付加させてもよい。 Further, R 24 may be substituted with a substituent such as an alkoxy group, a hydroxyl group, an epoxy group, an isocyanate group or the like as long as the dispersibility of the block copolymer is not impaired. After the synthesis of the polymer, the above substituent may be added by reacting with the compound having the above substituent.
 本発明において上記ブロック共重合体の溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)は、適宜選択すればよい。耐熱性の点から、中でも、溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)が、80℃以上であることが好ましく、100℃以上であることがより好ましい。
 本発明における溶剤親和性のブロック部のガラス転移温度(Tg)は下記式で計算することができる。また同様に色材親和性ブロック部及びブロック共重合体のガラス転移温度も計算することが出来る。
1/Tg=Σ(Xi/Tgi)
 ここでは、溶剤親和性のブロック部はi=1からnまでのn個のモノマー成分が共重合しているとする。Xiはi番目のモノマーの重量分率(ΣXi=1)、Tgiはi番目のモノマーの単独重合体のガラス転移温度(絶対温度)である。ただしΣはi=1からnまでの和をとる。なお、各モノマーの単独重合体ガラス転移温度の値(Tgi)は、Polymer Handbook(3rd Edition)(J.Brandrup, E.H.Immergut著(Wiley-Interscience、1989))の値を採用することができる。
In the present invention, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block portion having a solvent affinity of the block copolymer may be appropriately selected. From the viewpoint of heat resistance, the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the solvent-affinity block portion is preferably 80 ° C. or higher, more preferably 100 ° C. or higher.
The glass transition temperature (Tg) of the block portion having a solvent affinity in the present invention can be calculated by the following equation. Similarly, the glass transition temperature of the coloring material affinity block portion and the block copolymer can be calculated.
1 / Tg = Σ (Xi / Tgi)
Here, it is assumed that n monomer components from i = 1 to n are copolymerized in the solvent affinity block portion. Xi is the weight fraction of the i-th monomer (ΣXi = 1), and Tgi is the glass transition temperature (absolute temperature) of the homopolymer of the i-th monomer. Where Σ is the sum of i = 1 to n. The value of the glass transition temperature (Tgi) of the homopolymer of each monomer may be the value of Polymer Handbook (3rd Edition) (written by J. Brandrup, EH Immergut (Wiley-Interscience, 1989)). it can.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、色材分散性が向上する範囲で適宜調整すればよい。中でも、溶剤親和性部位と色材親和性部位が効果的に作用し、色材の分散性を向上する点から、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する構成単位の数は、10以上200以下であることが好ましく、10以上100以下であることがより好ましく、更に10以上70以下であることがより好ましい。 数 The number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block may be appropriately adjusted within a range in which the colorant dispersibility is improved. Among them, the number of structural units constituting the solvent-affinity block portion is 10 or more and 200 or less from the viewpoint that the solvent-affinity site and the colorant-affinity site work effectively and improve the dispersibility of the colorant. Preferably, it is 10 or more and 100 or less, more preferably 10 or more and 70 or less.
 溶剤親和性のブロック部は、溶剤親和性部位として機能するように選択されれば良く、溶剤親和性のブロック部を構成する繰り返し単位は1種からなるものであっても良いし、2種以上の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The solvent-affinity block may be selected so as to function as a solvent-affinity site, and the repeating unit constituting the solvent-affinity block may be composed of one type or two or more types. May be included.
 前記ブロック共重合体の重量平均分子量Mwは、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性を良好なものとする点から、1000以上20000以下であることが好ましく、2000以上15000以下であることがより好ましく、更に3000以上12000以下であることがより好ましい。 The weight average molecular weight Mw of the block copolymer is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1,000 or more and 20,000 or less, and 2,000 or more and 15,000 or less, from the viewpoint of improving colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability. More preferably, it is more preferably 3,000 or more and 12,000 or less.
 塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価は、特に限定されないが、色材分散性及び分散安定性の点から、下限としては、40mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、50mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましく、60mgKOH/g以上であることがさらにより好ましい。また、上限としては、130mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましく、120mgKOH/g以下であることがさらにより好ましい。上記下限値以上であれば、分散安定性がより優れている。また、上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。本明細書において塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価とは、塩形成前のブロック共重合体の固形分1gを中和するのに必要な塩酸量に対して当量となる水酸化カリウムの質量(mg)を表し、JIS K7237-1995に記載の方法により測定される値である。 The amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of colorant dispersibility and dispersion stability, the lower limit is preferably 40 mgKOH / g or more, and more preferably 50 mgKOH / g or more. More preferably, it is even more preferably 60 mgKOH / g or more. In addition, the upper limit is more preferably 130 mgKOH / g or less, and even more preferably 120 mgKOH / g or less. If it is not less than the lower limit, the dispersion stability is more excellent. Further, when the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good. In the present specification, the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation refers to the potassium hydroxide equivalent to the amount of hydrochloric acid required to neutralize 1 g of the solid content of the block copolymer before salt formation. It represents mass (mg) and is a value measured by the method described in JIS K7237-1995.
 得られた塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価は、塩形成前のブロック共重合体に比べて塩を形成した分だけ値が小さくなる。しかし、塩形成部位は、アミノ基に相当する末端の窒素部位と同様、又はむしろ強化された色材吸着部位となるため、塩形成によって色材分散性や色材分散安定性が向上する傾向がある。また、塩形成部位は、アミノ基と同様に、多すぎると溶剤再溶解性に悪影響を与える。そのため、塩形成前のブロック共重合体のアミン価を、色材分散安定性、及び溶剤再溶解性を良好にするための指標とすることができる。得られた塩型ブロック共重合体のアミン価としては、0mgKOH/g以上130mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、0mgKOH/g以上120mgKOH/g以下であることが更に好ましい。上記上限値以下であれば、他の成分との相溶性に優れ、溶剤再溶解性が良好になる。 (4) The amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer is smaller than that of the block copolymer before salt formation by the amount of the salt formed. However, since the salt-forming site is similar to or rather an enhanced colorant-adsorbing site at the terminal nitrogen site corresponding to the amino group, the salt-forming tends to improve the colorant dispersibility and the colorant dispersion stability. is there. Further, as in the case of the amino group, if the content of the salt-forming site is too large, the solvent resolubility is adversely affected. Therefore, the amine value of the block copolymer before salt formation can be used as an index for improving the colorant dispersion stability and the solvent resolubility. The amine value of the obtained salt-type block copolymer is preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 130 mgKOH / g, and more preferably from 0 mgKOH / g to 120 mgKOH / g. When the content is equal to or less than the above upper limit, the compatibility with other components is excellent, and the solvent resolubility becomes good.
 また、本発明に用いられる分散剤の酸価は、特に限定はされないが、現像密着性及び溶剤再溶解性が良好になる点から、18mgKOH/g以下であることが好ましく、12mgKOH/g以下であることがより好ましい。また、分散剤の酸価が0mgKOH/gであると、溶剤再溶解性及び現像密着性をより向上する点、基板密着性及び分散安定性の点から好ましい。酸価が少ないほど塩基性現像液の侵食を受けにくいために、現像密着性が良くなるものと考えられる。一方で、現像残渣の抑制効果の点からは、1mgKOH/g以上であることが好ましく、2mgKOH/g以上であることがより好ましい。 Further, the acid value of the dispersant used in the present invention is not particularly limited, but is preferably 18 mgKOH / g or less, and more preferably 12 mgKOH / g or less from the viewpoint of improving development adhesion and solvent resolubility. More preferably, there is. Further, it is preferable that the acid value of the dispersant is 0 mgKOH / g, from the viewpoints of further improving the solvent resolubility and the developing adhesion, the substrate adhesion and the dispersion stability. It is considered that the lower the acid value, the less the erosion of the basic developer, and thus the better the adhesion to development. On the other hand, from the viewpoint of the effect of suppressing the development residue, it is preferably at least 1 mgKOH / g, more preferably at least 2 mgKOH / g.
 また、本発明において、分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性が向上する点から、30℃以上であることが好ましい。分散剤のガラス転移温度が低いと、特に現像液温度(通常23℃程度)に近接し、現像密着性が低下する恐れがある。分散剤のガラス転移温度は、現像密着性の点から中でも32℃以上が好ましく、35℃以上がより好ましい。一方、精秤が容易など、使用時の操作性の観点から、200℃以下であることが好ましい。
 本発明における分散剤のガラス転移温度は、JIS K7121に準拠し、示差走査熱量測定(DSC)により測定することにより求めることができる。
Further, in the present invention, the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 30 ° C. or higher from the viewpoint of improving development adhesion. When the glass transition temperature of the dispersant is low, the temperature is particularly close to the temperature of the developer (usually about 23 ° C.), and the adhesiveness for development may be reduced. The glass transition temperature of the dispersant is preferably 32 ° C. or more, more preferably 35 ° C. or more, from the viewpoint of development adhesion. On the other hand, the temperature is preferably 200 ° C. or less from the viewpoint of operability at the time of use such as easy weighing.
The glass transition temperature of the dispersant in the present invention can be determined by measuring it by differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) according to JIS K7121.
 分散剤の含有量は、分散性及び分散安定性の点から、着色樹脂組成物中の全固形分100質量部に対して、好ましくは3質量部以上45質量部以下、より好ましくは5質量部以上35質量部以下の割合で配合する。 The content of the dispersant is preferably from 3 parts by mass to 45 parts by mass, more preferably 5 parts by mass, based on 100 parts by mass of the total solid content in the colored resin composition, from the viewpoint of dispersibility and dispersion stability. It is blended at a ratio of at least 35 parts by mass.
 上記ブロック共重合体の製造方法は、特に限定されず、公知の方法によってブロック共重合体を製造することができる。また、塩型ブロック共重合体の調製方法としては、前記一般式(11)で表される構成単位を有する重合体を溶解乃至分散した溶剤中に、前記一般式(12)~(14)よりなる群から選択される1種以上の化合物を添加し、攪拌、更に必要により加熱する方法などが挙げられる。 方法 The method for producing the block copolymer is not particularly limited, and the block copolymer can be produced by a known method. Further, as a method for preparing the salt type block copolymer, the above-mentioned general formulas (12) to (14) are dissolved in a solvent in which a polymer having a structural unit represented by the general formula (11) is dissolved or dispersed. A method of adding one or more compounds selected from the group consisting of, stirring, and, if necessary, heating.
<溶剤(H)>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、溶剤を更に含んでいてもよい。溶剤としては、着色樹脂組成物中の各成分とは反応せず、これらを溶解もしくは分散可能な有機溶剤であればよく、特に限定されない。溶剤は単独もしくは2種以上組み合わせて使用することができる。
<Solvent (H)>
The colored resin composition according to the present invention may further contain a solvent. The solvent is not particularly limited as long as it is an organic solvent that does not react with each component in the colored resin composition and can dissolve or disperse these components. The solvents can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 溶剤の具体例としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、N-プロピルアルコール、i-プロピルアルコール、メトキシアルコール、エトキシアルコールなどのアルコール系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエタノール、エトキシエトキシエタノールなどのカルビトール系溶剤;酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸メチル、ヒドロキシプロピオン酸エチル、n-ブチルアセテート、イソブチルアセテート、酪酸イソブチル、酪酸n-ブチル、乳酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートなどのエステル系溶剤;アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノンなどのケトン系溶剤;メトキシエチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、エトキシエチルアセテートなどのグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤;メトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、エトキシエトキシエチルアセテート、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)などのカルビトールアセテート系溶剤;プロピレングリコールジアセテート、1,3-ブチレングリコールジアセテート等のジアセテート類;エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールジメチルエーテルなどのグリコールエーテル系溶剤;N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルピロリドンなどの非プロトン性アミド溶剤;γ-ブチロラクトンなどのラクトン系溶剤;テトラヒドロフランなどの環状エーテル系溶剤;N-ヘプタン、N-ヘキサン、N-オクタンなどの飽和炭化水素系溶剤;ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ナフタレン等の芳香族炭化水素類などの有機溶剤が挙げられる。これらの溶剤の中ではグリコールエーテルアセテート系溶剤、カルビトールアセテート系溶剤、グリコールエーテル系溶剤、エステル系溶剤が他の成分の溶解性の点で好適に用いられる。中でも、本発明に用いる溶剤としては、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ブチルカルビトールアセテート(BCA)、3-メトキシ-3-メチル-1-ブチルアセテート、エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、乳酸エチル、及び、3-メトキシブチルアセテートよりなる群から選択される1種以上であることが、他の成分の溶解性や塗布適性の点から好ましい。 Specific examples of the solvent include, for example, alcohol solvents such as methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, N-propyl alcohol, i-propyl alcohol, methoxy alcohol, and ethoxy alcohol; carbitol solvents such as methoxy ethoxy ethanol and ethoxy ethoxy ethanol; Ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, methyl methoxypropionate, ethyl methoxypropionate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, methyl hydroxypropionate, ethyl hydroxypropionate, n-butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, isobutyl butyrate, n-butyl butyrate, Ester solvents such as ethyl lactate and cyclohexanol acetate; acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, etc. Ketone solvents; methoxyethyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, ethoxyethyl acetate, and other glycol ether acetate solvents; methoxyethoxyethyl acetate, ethoxy Carbitol acetate solvents such as ethoxyethyl acetate and butyl carbitol acetate (BCA); diacetates such as propylene glycol diacetate and 1,3-butylene glycol diacetate; ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene Glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethyl Glycol ether solvents such as ethylene glycol diethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether and dipropylene glycol dimethyl ether; aprotic amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone; γ-butyrolactone Lactone solvents such as tetrahydrofuran; saturated hydrocarbon solvents such as N-heptane, N-hexane and N-octane; organic solvents such as aromatic hydrocarbons such as benzene, toluene, xylene and naphthalene. Solvents. Among these solvents, glycol ether acetate solvents, carbitol acetate solvents, glycol ether solvents, and ester solvents are preferably used in view of solubility of other components. Among them, as the solvent used in the present invention, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, butyl carbitol acetate (BCA), 3-methoxy-3-methyl-1-butyl acetate, ethyl ethoxypropionate, ethyl lactate, And it is preferable that it is at least one selected from the group consisting of 3-methoxybutyl acetate from the viewpoint of solubility of other components and applicability.
 着色樹脂組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、着色樹脂組成物全量に対して、通常、55質量%以上95質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、中でも65質量%以上90質量%以下の範囲内であることが好ましく、70質量%以上88質量%以下の範囲内であることがより好ましい。溶剤の含有量が55質量%以上であると、粘度上昇による分散性の低下を抑制でき、また、溶剤の含有量が95質量%以下であると、色材濃度が低下することを抑制できるので、目標とする色度座標に達成しやすくなる。 Usually, the content of the solvent in the colored resin composition is preferably in the range of 55% by mass or more and 95% by mass or less with respect to the total amount of the colored resin composition, and particularly preferably 65% by mass or more and 90% by mass or less. It is preferably in the range, more preferably in the range of 70% by mass to 88% by mass. When the content of the solvent is 55% by mass or more, a decrease in dispersibility due to an increase in viscosity can be suppressed, and when the content of the solvent is 95% by mass or less, a decrease in the colorant concentration can be suppressed. , It is easy to achieve the target chromaticity coordinates.
<その他の成分>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物には、本発明の効果が損なわれない限り、必要に応じて、その他の成分を更に配合してもよい。その他の成分としては、例えば、分散助剤を用いることができる。
<Other ingredients>
Other components may be further added to the colored resin composition according to the present invention, if necessary, as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired. As other components, for example, a dispersing aid can be used.
 分散助剤は、色材の分散性を向上させるためのものである。分散助剤としては、酸性色素誘導体等の色素誘導体が好ましい。色素誘導体は、色材の分散性を向上させる機能の他、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制する効果を有する。一方で、色素誘導体の含有量が多すぎると着色層の光学特性が低下するため、本発明の着色樹脂組成物が色素誘導体を含有する場合は、着色層の光学特性を維持する点から、色素誘導体の含有量が、着色樹脂組成物の固形分全量100質量部に対して、10質量部以下であることが好ましく、7質量部以下であることがより好ましく、5質量部以下であることがより更に好ましい。 The dispersing aid is for improving the dispersibility of the coloring material. As the dispersing aid, a dye derivative such as an acidic dye derivative is preferable. The dye derivative has a function of improving the dispersibility of the coloring material and an effect of suppressing precipitation of a compound derived from the coloring material. On the other hand, if the content of the dye derivative is too large, the optical properties of the coloring layer are reduced. Therefore, when the coloring resin composition of the present invention contains the coloring matter derivative, the coloring properties of the coloring layer are maintained. The content of the derivative is preferably 10 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 5 parts by mass or less based on 100 parts by mass of the solid content of the colored resin composition. Even more preferred.
 また、その他の成分としては、例えば、濡れ性向上のための界面活性剤、密着性向上のためのシランカップリング剤、消泡剤、ハジキ防止剤、酸化防止剤、凝集防止剤、紫外線吸収剤なども挙げられる。 Other components include, for example, a surfactant for improving wettability, a silane coupling agent for improving adhesion, an antifoaming agent, an anti-cissing agent, an antioxidant, an anti-agglomerating agent, and an ultraviolet absorber. And the like.
<着色樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物は、例えば、以下のようにして製造することができる。まず、色材分散液または色材溶液を調製する。色材分散液は、色材、分散剤、溶剤を少なくとも含むものである。色材溶液は、色材、溶剤を少なくとも含むものである。色材分散液または色材溶液は、ポリマー、チオール化合物等をさらに含んでいてもよい。
<Method for producing colored resin composition>
The colored resin composition according to the present invention can be produced, for example, as follows. First, a colorant dispersion or a colorant solution is prepared. The colorant dispersion contains at least a colorant, a dispersant, and a solvent. The coloring material solution contains at least a coloring material and a solvent. The coloring material dispersion or the coloring material solution may further contain a polymer, a thiol compound, or the like.
 色材分散液または色材溶液を調製した後、この色材分散液または色材溶液に、ポリマー、重合性化合物、重合開始剤、必要に応じて析出抑制化合物、チオール化合物等を添加し、公知の混合手段を用いて混合して、着色樹脂組成物を得ることができる。 After preparing a colorant dispersion or a colorant solution, a polymer, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and, if necessary, a precipitation inhibiting compound, a thiol compound, etc. are added to the colorant dispersion or the colorant solution. To obtain a colored resin composition.
<<硬化物>>
 本発明に係る硬化物は、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
 本発明に係る硬化物は、カラーフィルタの着色層として好適に用いられるものであり、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物であるため、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制されたものである。
 本発明に係る硬化物は、例えば、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が、光重合性化合物を含む感光性着色樹脂組成物の場合は、該感光性着色樹脂組成物の塗膜を形成し、該塗膜を乾燥させたのち、露光、及び必要に応じて現像することにより得ることができる。塗膜の形成、露光、及び現像の方法としては、例えば、後述する本発明に係るカラーフィルタが備える着色層の形成において用いられる方法と同様の方法とすることができる。
 また、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物が、熱重合性化合物を含む熱硬化性着色樹脂組成物の場合は、該熱硬化性着色樹脂組成物の塗膜を形成し、該塗膜を乾燥させたのち、加熱することにより、硬化物を得ることができる。
<< Cured product >>
The cured product according to the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention.
The cured product according to the present invention is suitably used as a colored layer of a color filter, and is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention. And a decrease in contrast is suppressed.
The cured product according to the present invention, for example, when the colored resin composition according to the present invention is a photosensitive colored resin composition containing a photopolymerizable compound, forms a coating film of the photosensitive colored resin composition. After drying the coating film, it can be obtained by exposure and, if necessary, development. As a method of forming a coating film, exposing, and developing, for example, a method similar to a method used in forming a colored layer included in a color filter according to the present invention described later can be used.
When the colored resin composition according to the present invention is a thermosetting colored resin composition containing a thermopolymerizable compound, a coating film of the thermosetting colored resin composition is formed, and the coating film is dried. After being heated, a cured product can be obtained by heating.
<<カラーフィルタ>>
 本発明に係るカラーフィルタは、基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である。
<< Color filter >>
The color filter according to the present invention is a color filter including at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention. It is.
 このような本発明に係るカラーフィルタについて、図を参照しながら説明する。図1は、本発明のカラーフィルタの一例を示す概略断面図である。図1によれば、本発明のカラーフィルタ10は、基板1と、遮光部2と、着色層3とを有している。 カ ラ ー The color filter according to the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic sectional view showing an example of the color filter of the present invention. According to FIG. 1, a color filter 10 of the present invention has a substrate 1, a light shielding part 2, and a coloring layer 3.
(着色層)
 本発明のカラーフィルタに用いられる着色層は、少なくとも1つが、前記本発明に係る着色樹脂組成物の硬化物、すなわち前記着色樹脂組成物を硬化させてなる着色層である。
 着色層は、通常、後述する基板上の遮光部の開口部に形成され、通常3色以上の着色パターンから構成される。
 また、当該着色層の配列としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ型、モザイク型、トライアングル型、4画素配置型等の一般的な配列とすることができる。また、着色層の幅、面積等は任意に設定することができる。
 当該着色層の厚みは、塗布方法、着色樹脂組成物の固形分濃度や粘度等を調整することにより、適宜制御されるが、通常、1μm以上5μm以下の範囲であることが好ましい。
(Colored layer)
At least one of the colored layers used in the color filter of the present invention is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to the present invention, that is, a colored layer obtained by curing the colored resin composition.
The coloring layer is usually formed in an opening of a light-shielding portion on a substrate described later, and usually includes a coloring pattern of three or more colors.
The arrangement of the coloring layers is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a general arrangement such as a stripe type, a mosaic type, a triangle type, and a four-pixel arrangement type. Further, the width, the area, and the like of the coloring layer can be arbitrarily set.
The thickness of the colored layer is appropriately controlled by adjusting the coating method, the solid content concentration and the viscosity of the colored resin composition, etc., but is usually preferably in the range of 1 μm to 5 μm.
 当該着色層は、例えば、着色樹脂組成物が感光性着色樹脂組成物の場合、下記の方法により形成することができる。
 まず、前述した本発明の着色樹脂組成物を、スプレーコート法、ディップコート法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、スピンコート法、ダイコート法などの塗布手段を用いて後述する基板上に塗布して、ウェット塗膜を形成させる。中でもスピンコート法、ダイコート法を好ましく用いることができる。
 次いで、ホットプレートやオーブンなどを用いて、該ウェット塗膜を乾燥させた後、これに、所定のパターンのマスクを介して露光し、アルカリ可溶性樹脂及び多官能モノマー等を光重合反応させて硬化塗膜とする。露光に使用される光源としては、例えば低圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、メタルハライドランプなどの紫外線、電子線等が挙げられる。露光量は、使用する光源や塗膜の厚みなどによって適宜調整される。
 また、露光後に重合反応を促進させるために、加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件は、使用する着色樹脂組成物中の各成分の配合割合や、塗膜の厚み等によって適宜選択される。
For example, when the colored resin composition is a photosensitive colored resin composition, the colored layer can be formed by the following method.
First, the above-described colored resin composition of the present invention is applied to a substrate described below using a coating method such as a spray coating method, a dip coating method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a spin coating method, and a die coating method. To form a wet coating film. Among them, a spin coating method and a die coating method can be preferably used.
Next, the wet coating film is dried using a hot plate, an oven, or the like, and then exposed to light through a mask having a predetermined pattern, and cured by a photopolymerization reaction of an alkali-soluble resin and a polyfunctional monomer. Make a coating. Examples of the light source used for exposure include ultraviolet rays such as a low-pressure mercury lamp, a high-pressure mercury lamp, and a metal halide lamp, and an electron beam. The exposure amount is appropriately adjusted depending on the light source used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
Further, heat treatment may be performed after the exposure in order to accelerate the polymerization reaction. The heating conditions are appropriately selected depending on the mixing ratio of each component in the coloring resin composition to be used, the thickness of the coating film, and the like.
 次に、現像液を用いて現像処理し、未露光部分を溶解、除去することにより、所望のパターンで塗膜が形成される。現像液としては、通常、水や水溶性溶剤にアルカリを溶解させた溶液が用いられる。このアルカリ溶液には、界面活性剤などを適量添加してもよい。また、現像方法は一般的な方法を採用することができる。
 現像処理後は、通常、現像液の洗浄、着色樹脂組成物の硬化塗膜の乾燥が行われ、着色層が形成される。なお、現像処理後に、塗膜を十分に硬化させるために加熱処理を行ってもよい。加熱条件としては特に限定はなく、塗膜の用途に応じて適宜選択される。
Next, the coating film is formed in a desired pattern by performing a development process using a developer and dissolving and removing the unexposed portions. As the developer, a solution obtained by dissolving an alkali in water or a water-soluble solvent is usually used. An appropriate amount of a surfactant or the like may be added to this alkaline solution. In addition, a general method can be adopted as a developing method.
After the development treatment, the developer is usually washed and the cured coating film of the colored resin composition is dried to form a colored layer. After the development, a heat treatment may be performed to sufficiently cure the coating film. The heating conditions are not particularly limited, and are appropriately selected according to the use of the coating film.
(遮光部)
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける遮光部は、後述する基板上にパターン状に形成されるものであって、一般的なカラーフィルタに遮光部として用いられるものと同様とすることができる。
 当該遮光部のパターン形状としては、特に限定されず、例えば、ストライプ状、マトリクス状等の形状が挙げられる。遮光部は、スパッタリング法、真空蒸着法等によるクロム等の金属薄膜であっても良い。或いは、遮光部は、樹脂バインダー中にカーボン微粒子、金属酸化物、無機顔料、有機顔料等の遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層であってもよい。遮光性粒子を含有させた樹脂層の場合には、感光性レジストを用いて現像によりパターニングする方法、遮光性粒子を含有するインクジェットインクを用いてパターニングする方法、感光性レジストを熱転写する方法等がある。
(Light shield)
The light-shielding portion in the color filter of the present invention is formed in a pattern on a substrate described later, and may be the same as that used as a light-shielding portion in a general color filter.
The pattern shape of the light-shielding portion is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a stripe shape and a matrix shape. The light shielding portion may be a thin metal film of chromium or the like by a sputtering method, a vacuum evaporation method, or the like. Alternatively, the light shielding portion may be a resin layer in which light shielding particles such as carbon fine particles, metal oxides, inorganic pigments, and organic pigments are contained in a resin binder. In the case of a resin layer containing light-shielding particles, a method of patterning by development using a photosensitive resist, a method of patterning using an inkjet ink containing light-shielding particles, a method of thermally transferring the photosensitive resist, and the like are described. is there.
 遮光部の膜厚としては、金属薄膜の場合は0.2μm以上0.4μm以下程度で設定され、黒色顔料をバインダー樹脂中に分散又は溶解させたものである場合は0.5μm以上2μm以下程度で設定される。 The thickness of the light-shielding portion is set at about 0.2 μm or more and 0.4 μm or less for a metal thin film, and about 0.5 μm or more and 2 μm or less for a black pigment dispersed or dissolved in a binder resin. Is set by
(基板)
 基板としては、後述する透明基板やシリコン基板、前記基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜などを形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、TFT等のトランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。
(substrate)
As the substrate, a transparent substrate or a silicon substrate, which will be described later, or a substrate on which aluminum, silver, a silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film, or the like is formed, is used. On these substrates, other color filter layers, resin layers, transistors such as TFTs, circuits, and the like may be formed.
 本発明のカラーフィルタにおける透明基板としては、可視光に対して透明な基板であればよく、特に限定されず、一般的なカラーフィルタに用いられる透明基板を使用することができる。具体的には、石英ガラス、無アルカリガラス、合成石英板等の可撓性のない透明なリジッド材、あるいは、透明樹脂フィルム、光学用樹脂板、フレキシブルガラス等の可撓性を有する透明なフレキシブル材が挙げられる。
 当該透明基板の厚みは、特に限定されるものではないが、本発明のカラーフィルタの用途に応じて、例えば100μm以上1mm以下程度のものを使用することができる。
 なお、本発明のカラーフィルタは、上記基板、遮光部及び着色層以外にも、例えば、オーバーコート層や透明電極層、さらには配向膜や配向突起、柱状スペーサ等が形成されたものであってもよい。
The transparent substrate in the color filter of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a substrate transparent to visible light, and a transparent substrate used for a general color filter can be used. Specifically, a transparent rigid material having no flexibility such as quartz glass, non-alkali glass, and synthetic quartz plate, or a transparent flexible material having flexibility such as a transparent resin film, an optical resin plate, and flexible glass. Materials.
The thickness of the transparent substrate is not particularly limited, but a thickness of, for example, about 100 μm or more and 1 mm or less can be used according to the use of the color filter of the present invention.
The color filter of the present invention is, in addition to the substrate, the light-shielding portion and the coloring layer, formed with, for example, an overcoat layer and a transparent electrode layer, and further, an alignment film, alignment protrusions, columnar spacers, and the like. Is also good.
<<表示装置>>
 本発明に係る表示装置は、前記本発明に係るカラーフィルタを有することを特徴とする。本発明において表示装置の構成は特に限定されず、従来公知の表示装置の中から適宜選択することができ、例えば、液晶表示装置や、有機発光表示装置などが挙げられる。
<< Display device >>
A display device according to the present invention includes the color filter according to the present invention. In the present invention, the configuration of the display device is not particularly limited, and can be appropriately selected from conventionally known display devices, and examples thereof include a liquid crystal display device and an organic light emitting display device.
 <液晶表示装置>
 本発明の液晶表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、対向基板と、前記カラーフィルタと前記対向基板との間に形成された液晶層とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の液晶表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図2は、本発明の表示装置の一例を示す概略図であり、液晶表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図2に例示するように本発明の液晶表示装置40は、カラーフィルタ10と、TFTアレイ基板等を有する対向基板20と、上記カラーフィルタ10と上記対向基板20との間に形成された液晶層30とを有している。
 なお、本発明の液晶表示装置は、この図2に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた液晶表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
<Liquid crystal display device>
A liquid crystal display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention, a counter substrate, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter and the counter substrate.
Such a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of a liquid crystal display device. As illustrated in FIG. 2, the liquid crystal display device 40 of the present invention includes a color filter 10, a counter substrate 20 having a TFT array substrate and the like, and a liquid crystal layer formed between the color filter 10 and the counter substrate 20. 30.
The configuration of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in FIG. 2, but may be a configuration generally known as a liquid crystal display device using a color filter.
 本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式としては、特に限定はなく一般的に液晶表示装置に用いられている駆動方式を採用することができる。このような駆動方式としては、例えば、TN方式、IPS方式、OCB方式、及びMVA方式等を挙げることができる。本発明においてはこれらのいずれの方式であっても好適に用いることができる。
 また、対向基板としては、本発明の液晶表示装置の駆動方式等に応じて適宜選択して用いることができる。
The driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not particularly limited, and a driving method generally used for a liquid crystal display device can be adopted. Examples of such a driving method include a TN method, an IPS method, an OCB method, and an MVA method. In the present invention, any of these methods can be suitably used.
The counter substrate can be appropriately selected and used depending on the driving method of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention and the like.
 液晶層の形成方法としては、一般に液晶セルの作製方法として用いられる方法を使用することができ、例えば、真空注入方式や液晶滴下方式等が挙げられる。 (4) As a method for forming the liquid crystal layer, a method generally used as a method for manufacturing a liquid crystal cell can be used, and examples thereof include a vacuum injection method and a liquid crystal dropping method.
 <有機発光表示装置>
 本発明に係る有機発光表示装置は、前述した本発明に係るカラーフィルタと、有機発光体とを有することを特徴とする。
 このような本発明の有機発光表示装置について、図を参照しながら説明する。図3は、本発明の表示装置の他の一例を示す概略図であり、有機発光表示装置の一例を示す概略図である。図3に例示するように本発明の有機発光表示装置100は、カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80とを有している。カラーフィルタ10と、有機発光体80との間に、有機保護層50や無機酸化膜60を有していても良い。
<Organic light emitting display>
An organic light emitting display device according to the present invention includes the above-described color filter according to the present invention and an organic light emitting body.
Such an organic light emitting display device of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram illustrating another example of the display device of the present invention, and is a schematic diagram illustrating an example of the organic light emitting display device. As illustrated in FIG. 3, the organic light emitting display device 100 of the present invention includes a color filter 10 and an organic light emitting body 80. An organic protective layer 50 and an inorganic oxide film 60 may be provided between the color filter 10 and the organic luminous body 80.
 有機発光体80の積層方法としては、例えば、カラーフィルタ上面へ透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、及び陰極76を逐次形成していく方法や、別基板上へ形成した有機発光体80を無機酸化膜60上に貼り合わせる方法などが挙げられる。有機発光体80における、透明陽極71、正孔注入層72、正孔輸送層73、発光層74、電子注入層75、及び陰極76、その他の構成は、公知のものを適宜用いることができる。このようにして作製された有機発光表示装置100は、例えば、パッシブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにもアクティブ駆動方式の有機ELディスプレイにも適用可能である。
 なお、本発明の有機発光表示装置は、この図3に示される構成に限定されるものではなく、一般的にカラーフィルタが用いられた有機発光表示装置として公知の構成とすることができる。
As a method of laminating the organic light emitting body 80, for example, a transparent anode 71, a hole injection layer 72, a hole transport layer 73, a light emitting layer 74, an electron injection layer 75, and a cathode 76 are sequentially formed on the upper surface of the color filter. And a method of bonding the organic light emitting body 80 formed on another substrate to the inorganic oxide film 60. As the transparent anode 71, the hole injection layer 72, the hole transport layer 73, the light emitting layer 74, the electron injection layer 75, and the cathode 76 in the organic light emitting body 80, known structures can be appropriately used. The organic light-emitting display device 100 manufactured as described above can be applied to, for example, a passive drive type organic EL display and an active drive type organic EL display.
Note that the organic light emitting display device of the present invention is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 3, but may have a structure generally known as an organic light emitting display device using a color filter.
 以下、本発明について実施例を示して具体的に説明する。これらの記載により本発明を制限するものではない。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described specifically with reference to examples. The description is not intended to limit the invention.
(合成例1:DPP顔料(D1)の合成)
 反応容器に、窒素雰囲気下、35mlのtert-アミルアルコールと、2.5質量部のナトリウムとを加え、100℃で攪拌しながら反応させて、対応するアルコラートを生じさせ、その後、2.6質量部のベンゾニトリルを90℃で加えた。次いで、Tetrahedron,58(2002)5547-5565の方法により得た下記化学式(2)で表される化合物8.4質量部を、35mlのtert-アミルアルコールに入れてスラリーにし、90℃で30分間かけて、攪拌しながら一定の速度で反応容器に添加した。これを90℃で18時間攪拌した後、50分間かけて、136質量部の氷/水と、27質量部のメタノールと、6.6質量部の硫酸(97%)と、欧州特許第0485337号明細書の実施例2に従って得た生成物の10%水性懸濁液5質量部との混合物を予め0℃に冷却した中に、攪拌しながら移した。その際、温度は3℃を超過しないように調節した。その後、更に攪拌を0℃で3時間行って反応を完了させた。反応混合物を吸引漏斗で濾過した後、200mlのメタノール及び500mlの水で洗浄し、乾燥することにより、赤色固体を得た。得られた赤色固体は、TOF-MSによる質量分析の結果により、前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料であることを同定した。
(Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of DPP pigment (D1))
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 35 ml of tert-amyl alcohol and 2.5 parts by weight of sodium are added to the reaction vessel and reacted at 100 ° C. with stirring to form the corresponding alcoholate, and then 2.6 parts by weight. Some benzonitrile was added at 90 ° C. Next, 8.4 parts by mass of the compound represented by the following chemical formula (2) obtained by the method of Tetrahedron, 58 (2002) 5547-5565 is put into 35 ml of tert-amyl alcohol to make a slurry, and the slurry is made at 90 ° C. for 30 minutes. And added to the reaction vessel at a constant rate with stirring. After stirring at 90 ° C. for 18 hours, 136 parts by weight of ice / water, 27 parts by weight of methanol, 6.6 parts by weight of sulfuric acid (97%) and EP 0 485 337 are taken over 50 minutes. A mixture of the product obtained according to Example 2 of the specification with 5 parts by weight of a 10% aqueous suspension was transferred with stirring while previously cooling to 0 ° C. At that time, the temperature was adjusted so as not to exceed 3 ° C. Thereafter, stirring was further performed at 0 ° C. for 3 hours to complete the reaction. The reaction mixture was filtered with a suction funnel, washed with 200 ml of methanol and 500 ml of water, and dried to obtain a red solid. The obtained red solid was identified to be a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) based on the result of mass spectrometry by TOF-MS.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
(合成例2:Azo誘導体1の調製)
 550質量部の蒸留水の中に、23.1質量部のジアゾバルビツール酸及び19.2質量部のバルビツール酸を導入した。次いで、水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いてアゾバルビツール酸(0.3モル)となるように調整し、750質量部の蒸留水と混合した。5質量部の30%の塩酸を滴下により添加した。その後、38.7質量部のメラミンを導入した。次いで、0.60モルの塩化ニッケル溶液を添加し、80℃の温度で8時間撹拌した。濾過により顔料を単離し、洗浄し、120℃で乾燥させ、乳鉢で磨砕し、Azo誘導体1を得た。
(Synthesis Example 2: Preparation of Azo derivative 1)
23.1 parts by weight of diazobarbituric acid and 19.2 parts by weight of barbituric acid were introduced into 550 parts by weight of distilled water. Then, it was adjusted to be azobarbituric acid (0.3 mol) using an aqueous solution of potassium hydroxide and mixed with 750 parts by mass of distilled water. 5 parts by weight of 30% hydrochloric acid were added dropwise. Thereafter, 38.7 parts by weight of melamine were introduced. Next, a 0.60 mol nickel chloride solution was added, and the mixture was stirred at a temperature of 80 ° C. for 8 hours. The pigment was isolated by filtration, washed, dried at 120 ° C. and triturated in a mortar to give the Azo derivative 1.
(合成例3:Azo誘導体2の調製)
 合成例2において、0.60モルの塩化ニッケル溶液の代わりに、0.3モルの塩化ニッケル溶液と0.3モルの塩化亜鉛溶液を用いた以外は、合成例2と同様にして、Azo誘導体2(Ni:Zn=50:50(モル比)のazo顔料)を得た。
(Synthesis Example 3: Preparation of Azo Derivative 2)
An Azo derivative was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 2 except that a 0.3 mol nickel chloride solution and a 0.3 mol zinc chloride solution were used instead of the 0.60 mol nickel chloride solution in Synthesis Example 2. 2 (azo pigment of Ni: Zn = 50: 50 (molar ratio)) was obtained.
(合成例4:析出抑制化合物Iの合成)
 500mlの4口セパラブルフラスコを減圧して乾燥後、Ar(アルゴン)置換した。Arを流しながら、脱水テトラヒドロフラン(THF)100質量部、メチルトリメチルシリルジメチルケテンアセタール2.0質量部、テトラブチルアンモニウム-3-クロロベンゾエート(TBACB)の1Mアセトニトリル溶液0.15ml、メシチレン0.2質量部を加えた。そこに滴下ロートを用いて、2-(パーフルオロヘキシル)エチルメタクリレート(FOEMA)34.57質量部を45分かけて滴下した。反応が進むと発熱するため、氷冷することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、1-アダマンチルメタクリレート(1-ADMA)17.62質量部を15分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。溶剤を減圧除去して、ブロック共重合体である析出抑制化合物Iを得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた析出抑制化合物Iの重量平均分子量は4,600であった。
(Synthesis Example 4: Synthesis of Precipitation Inhibiting Compound I)
A 500-ml four-neck separable flask was dried under reduced pressure, and then replaced with Ar (argon). While flowing Ar, 100 parts by mass of dehydrated tetrahydrofuran (THF), 2.0 parts by mass of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB) in acetonitrile, 0.2 part by mass of mesitylene Was added. Using a dropping funnel, 34.57 parts by mass of 2- (perfluorohexyl) ethyl methacrylate (FOEMA) was added dropwise over 45 minutes. Since the reaction generates heat as the reaction proceeds, the temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling with ice. One hour later, 17.62 parts by mass of 1-adamantyl methacrylate (1-ADMA) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain a precipitation inhibiting compound I which was a block copolymer. The weight average molecular weight of the precipitation inhibiting compound I determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 4,600.
 得られた析出抑制化合物Iを熱分解GCMS、FT-IR、H-NMR、13C-NMR及びGPCで分析することによって、析出抑制化合物IにおいてFOEMAに由来する構成単位と、1-ADMAに由来する構成単位を確認し、またFOEMAに由来する構成単位と、1-ADMAに由来する構成単位とのモル比が1:6であることを確認した。 The obtained precipitation inhibiting compound I was analyzed by pyrolysis GCMS, FT-IR, 1 H-NMR, 13 C-NMR and GPC, whereby the structural unit derived from FOEMA in the precipitation inhibiting compound I and 1-ADMA The structural unit derived from FOEMA was confirmed, and the molar ratio of the structural unit derived from FOEMA to the structural unit derived from 1-ADMA was confirmed to be 1: 6.
(合成例5:析出抑制化合物IIの合成)
 合成例4において、1-アダマンチルメタクリレートの代わりにジシクロペンタニルメタクリレート(DCPMA)(日立化成社製FA-513M)を用いたこと以外は合成例4と同様にして、析出抑制化合物IIを得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた析出抑制化合物IIの重量平均分子量は4,500であった。
(Synthesis Example 5: Synthesis of Precipitation Inhibiting Compound II)
A precipitation inhibiting compound II was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 4 except that dicyclopentanyl methacrylate (DCPMA) (FA-513M manufactured by Hitachi Chemical Co., Ltd.) was used instead of 1-adamantyl methacrylate. . The weight average molecular weight of Precipitation Inhibiting Compound II determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 4,500.
 得られた析出抑制化合物IIを熱分解GCMS、FT-IR、H-NMR、13C-NMR及びGPCで分析することによって、析出抑制化合物IIにおいてFOEMAに由来する構成単位と、DCPMAに由来する構成単位を確認し、またFOEMAに由来する構成単位と、DCPMAに由来する構成単位とのモル比が1:6であることを確認した。 The resulting precipitation-inhibiting compound II is analyzed by pyrolysis GCMS, FT-IR, 1 H-NMR, 13 C-NMR, and GPC to find that the structural unit derived from FOEMA and the one derived from DCPMA in the precipitation-inhibiting compound II The structural units were confirmed, and the molar ratio of the structural units derived from FOEMA to the structural units derived from DCPMA was 1: 6.
(合成例6:分散剤Iの合成)
 500mlの4口セパラブルフラスコを減圧して乾燥後、Ar(アルゴン)置換した。Arを流しながら、脱水THF100質量部、メチルトリメチルシリルジメチルケテンアセタール2.0質量部、テトラブチルアンモニウム-3-クロロベンゾエート(TBACB)の1Mアセトニトリル溶液0.15ml、メシチレン0.2質量部を加えた。そこに滴下ロートを用いて、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)36.7質量部を45分かけて滴下した。反応が進むと発熱するため、氷冷することにより、温度を40℃未満に保った。1時間後、ジメチルアミノエチルメタクリレート(DMMA)13.3質量部を15分かけて滴下した。1時間反応させた後、メタノール5質量部を加えて反応を停止させた。溶剤を減圧除去して、ブロック共重合体を得た。GPC測定(NMP LiBr10mM)により求めた重量平均分子量は7,600、アミン価は95mgKOH/gであった。
 100mL丸底フラスコ中でプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)29.35質量部に、上記で得られたブロック共重合体を29.35質量部溶解し、フェニルホスホン酸(PPA、東京化成製)3.17質量部(ブロック共重合体のDMMAユニット1モルに対し、0.20モル)加え、反応温度30℃で20時間攪拌することにより、塩型ブロック共重合体(分散剤I)溶液を得た。塩形成後のアミン価は具体的には、以下のように算出した。
 NMR試料管に上記塩型ブロック共重合体(再沈殿後の固形物)を9質量部、クロロホルム-D1NMR用を91質量部で混合した溶液を1質量部入れ、13C-NMRスペクトルを核磁気共鳴装置(日本電子製、FT NMR、JNM-AL400)を用い、室温、積算回数10000回の条件にて測定した。得られたスペクトルデータのうち、末端の窒素部位(アミノ基)において、塩形成されていない窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークと、塩形成されている窒素原子に隣接する炭素原子ピークの積分値の比率より、アミノ基総数に対する塩形成されているアミノ基数の比率を算出し、各フェニルホスホン酸の1つの酸性基がブロック共重合体のDMMAの末端の窒素部位と塩形成していることを確認した。
 塩形成前のアミン価95mgKOH/gから、DMMAユニットの0.02モル分のアミン価(19mgKOH/g)を差し引いて、塩形成後のアミン価を76mgKOH/gと算出した。
(Synthesis Example 6: Synthesis of Dispersant I)
A 500-ml four-neck separable flask was dried under reduced pressure, and then replaced with Ar (argon). While flowing Ar, 100 parts by mass of dehydrated THF, 2.0 parts by mass of methyltrimethylsilyldimethylketene acetal, 0.15 ml of a 1 M solution of tetrabutylammonium-3-chlorobenzoate (TBACB) in acetonitrile, and 0.2 parts by mass of mesitylene were added. Using a dropping funnel, 36.7 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA) was added dropwise over 45 minutes. Since the reaction generates heat as the reaction proceeds, the temperature was kept below 40 ° C. by cooling with ice. One hour later, 13.3 parts by mass of dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMMA) was added dropwise over 15 minutes. After reacting for 1 hour, 5 parts by mass of methanol was added to stop the reaction. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure to obtain a block copolymer. The weight average molecular weight determined by GPC measurement (NMP LiBr 10 mM) was 7,600, and the amine value was 95 mgKOH / g.
29.35 parts by mass of the block copolymer obtained above was dissolved in 29.35 parts by mass of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) in a 100 mL round bottom flask, and phenylphosphonic acid (PPA, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry) 3 .17 parts by mass (0.20 mol based on 1 mol of DMMA unit of the block copolymer) and stirring at a reaction temperature of 30 ° C. for 20 hours to obtain a salt-type block copolymer (dispersant I) solution. Was. The amine value after salt formation was specifically calculated as follows.
One part by mass of a solution obtained by mixing 9 parts by mass of the salt-type block copolymer (solid after reprecipitation) and 91 parts by mass of chloroform-D1NMR was put into an NMR sample tube, and the 13C-NMR spectrum was subjected to nuclear magnetic resonance. The measurement was performed using an apparatus (manufactured by JEOL Ltd., FT NMR, JNM-AL400) under the conditions of room temperature and 10,000 times of integration. In the obtained spectral data, at the terminal nitrogen site (amino group), the integrated value of the carbon atom peak adjacent to the non-salt-formed nitrogen atom and the carbon atom peak adjacent to the salt-formed nitrogen atom was calculated. From the ratio, the ratio of the number of amino groups formed into salts to the total number of amino groups was calculated, and it was confirmed that one acidic group of each phenylphosphonic acid formed a salt with the nitrogen moiety at the terminal of DMMA of the block copolymer. did.
The amine value after the salt formation (76 mg KOH / g) was calculated by subtracting the amine value (19 mg KOH / g) for 0.02 mol of the DMMA unit from the amine value before the salt formation of 95 mg KOH / g.
(合成例7:アルカリ可溶性樹脂I溶液の合成)
 ベンジルメタクリレート(BzMA)40質量部、メチルメタクリレート(MMA)15質量部、メタクリル酸(MAA)25質量部、及び2,2'-アゾビスイソブチロニトリル(AIBN)3質量部の混合液を、PGMEA150質量部を入れた重合槽中に、窒素気流下、100℃で、3時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に100℃で、3時間加熱し、重合体溶液を得た。この重合体溶液の重量平均分子量は、7000であった。
 次に、得られた重合体溶液に、グリシジルメタクリレート(GMA)20質量部、トリエチルアミン0.2質量部、及びp-メトキシフェノール0.05質量部を添加し、110℃で10時間加熱することにより、主鎖メタクリル酸のカルボキシ基と、GMAのエポキシ基との反応を行った。反応中は、GMAの重合を防ぐために、反応溶液中に、空気をバブリングさせた。尚、反応は溶液の酸価を測定することで追跡した。得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂Iは、BzMAとMMA、MAAの共重合により形成された主鎖にGMAを用いてエチレン性二重結合を有する側鎖を導入した樹脂であった。アルカリ可溶性樹脂I溶液は、固形分が40質量%、酸価が74mgKOH/gであり、アルカリ可溶性樹脂Iの重量平均分子量は12,000であった。
(Synthesis Example 7: Synthesis of alkali-soluble resin I solution)
A mixture of 40 parts by mass of benzyl methacrylate (BzMA), 15 parts by mass of methyl methacrylate (MMA), 25 parts by mass of methacrylic acid (MAA), and 3 parts by mass of 2,2′-azobisisobutyronitrile (AIBN) In a polymerization tank containing 150 parts by mass of PGMEA, the mixture was added dropwise at 100 ° C. over 3 hours under a nitrogen stream. After completion of the dropwise addition, the mixture was further heated at 100 ° C. for 3 hours to obtain a polymer solution. The weight average molecular weight of this polymer solution was 7,000.
Next, 20 parts by mass of glycidyl methacrylate (GMA), 0.2 parts by mass of triethylamine, and 0.05 parts by mass of p-methoxyphenol are added to the obtained polymer solution, and the mixture is heated at 110 ° C. for 10 hours. Then, a carboxy group of the main chain methacrylic acid was reacted with an epoxy group of GMA. During the reaction, air was bubbled through the reaction solution to prevent polymerization of GMA. The reaction was followed by measuring the acid value of the solution. The obtained alkali-soluble resin I was a resin in which a side chain having an ethylenic double bond was introduced into the main chain formed by copolymerization of BzMA, MMA, and MAA using GMA. The alkali-soluble resin I solution had a solid content of 40% by mass, an acid value of 74 mgKOH / g, and a weight average molecular weight of the alkali-soluble resin I of 12,000.
<実施例1>
(1)色材分散液R1の製造
 分散剤として、合成例6で得られた分散剤I溶液を8.8質量部、色材として、C.I.ピグメントレッド291(CINIC Chemicals社製、製品名Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF)を11.94質量部、合成例1で得られたDPP顔料(D1)を0.06質量部、合成例7で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂I溶液を11.3質量部、PGMEAを67.6質量部、粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを100質量部、マヨネーズビンに入れ、予備解砕としてペイントシェーカー(浅田鉄工社製)にて1時間振とうし、次いで粒径2.0mmジルコニアビーズを取り出し、粒径0.1mmのジルコニアビーズ200質量部を加えて、同様に本解砕としてペイントシェーカーにて4時間分散を行い、色材分散液R1を得た。
<Example 1>
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion R1 As a dispersing agent, 8.8 parts by mass of the dispersing agent I solution obtained in Synthesis Example 6 was used. I. Pigment Red 291 (manufactured by CINIC Chemicals, product name: Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF) is 11.94 parts by mass, the DPP pigment (D1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1 is 0.06 parts by mass, and obtained in Synthesis Example 7. 11.3 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin I solution, 67.6 parts by mass of PGMEA, and 100 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 2.0 mm in a mayonnaise bottle. A pre-crusher was used as a paint shaker (manufactured by Asada Iron Works). For 1 hour, then take out the zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 2.0 mm, add 200 parts by mass of zirconia beads having a particle diameter of 0.1 mm, and similarly disperse for 4 hours with a paint shaker as the main disintegration, A colorant dispersion R1 was obtained.
(2)着色樹脂組成物R1の製造
 上記(1)で得られた色材分散液R1を59.40質量部、合成例7で得られたアルカリ可溶性樹脂I溶液を4.83質量部、光重合性化合物(商品名「アロニックスM-520D」、東亞合成社製)を5.82質量部、2-ベンジル-2-ジメチルアミノ-1-(4-モルフォリノフェニル)-ブタノン-1(光開始剤、商品名「イルガキュア369」、BASF社製)を0.86質量部、1-プロパノン,3-シクロペンチル-1-[9-エチル-6-(2-メチルベンゾイル)-9H-カルバゾール-3-イル]-,1-(o-アセチルオキシム)(オキシムエステル系光重合開始剤、商品名「TR-PBG-304」常州強力電子新材料社製)を0.58質量部、PGMEAを9.10質量部加え、感光性を有する着色樹脂組成物R1を得た。
(2) Production of Colored Resin Composition R1 59.40 parts by mass of the coloring material dispersion R1 obtained in (1) above, 4.83 parts by mass of the alkali-soluble resin I solution obtained in Synthesis Example 7, and 5.82 parts by mass of a polymerizable compound (trade name “Aronix M-520D”, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.) and 2-benzyl-2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) -butanone-1 (photo initiation) 0.86 parts by mass of an agent, trade name “Irgacure 369”, manufactured by BASF), 1-propanone, 3-cyclopentyl-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazole-3- Il]-, 1- (o-acetyloxime) (0.58 parts by mass of oxime ester-based photopolymerization initiator, trade name "TR-PBG-304" manufactured by Changzhou Strong Electronics New Materials Co., Ltd.) and 9.10 of PGMEA Parts by mass, Thus, a colored resin composition R1 having photosensitivity was obtained.
(3)着色層の形成
 上記(2)で得られた着色樹脂組成物R1を、厚み0.7mmで100mm×100mmのガラス基板(商品名「NA35」、NHテクノグラス社製)上に、ポストベーク後の膜厚が2.2μmになるようにスピンコーターを用いて塗布し、減圧乾燥後、ホットプレートを用いて80℃で3分間加熱し乾燥させて、塗膜を形成した。次いで、塗膜側から高圧水銀灯にて紫外光を60mJ/m照射することにより露光した。その後、温度23℃、KOH濃度0.05%の現像液で60秒間現像し、さらにオーブンで230℃、30分間加熱し、ポストベークを行って、着色層を形成した。
(3) Formation of Colored Layer The colored resin composition R1 obtained in the above (2) was post-formed on a glass substrate (trade name “NA35”, manufactured by NH Techno Glass Co., Ltd.) having a thickness of 0.7 mm and a size of 100 mm × 100 mm. The film was applied using a spin coater so that the film thickness after baking became 2.2 μm, dried under reduced pressure, and then heated and dried at 80 ° C. for 3 minutes using a hot plate to form a coating film. Next, exposure was performed by irradiating 60 mJ / m 2 of ultraviolet light from the coating film side with a high-pressure mercury lamp. Thereafter, the film was developed with a developer having a temperature of 23 ° C. and a KOH concentration of 0.05% for 60 seconds, further heated in an oven at 230 ° C. for 30 minutes, and post-baked to form a colored layer.
<実施例2~9、比較例RC1~RC6>
(1)色材分散液R2~R9、色材分散液RC1~R6の製造
 実施例2~5においては、実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、C.I.ピグメントレッド291の配合量、及びDPP顔料(D1)の配合量を、各々表1に示す量(質量部)に変更した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R2~R5を得た。
 実施例6~9においては、実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、C.I.ピグメントレッド291の配合量、及びDPP顔料(D1)の配合量を、各々表2に示す量(質量部)に変更し、更に、C.I.ピグメントレッド254(PR254、商品名:Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781、CLARIANT製)、C.I.ピグメントレッド264(PR264、商品名:SR6T、CINIC Chemicals製)、合成例2で得られたAzo誘導体1、又は合成例3で得られたAzo誘導体2を、表2に示す量(質量部)で配合した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R6~R9を得た。
 比較例1においては、実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、DPP顔料(D1)を添加せず、C.I.ピグメントレッド291の配合量を12.0質量部に変更した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液RC1を得た。
 比較例2においては、実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、C.I.ピグメントレッド291を添加せず、DPP顔料(D1)の配合量を12.0質量部に変更した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液RC2を得た。
 比較例3~6においては、実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、C.I.ピグメントレッド291 11.94質量部、DPP顔料(D1)0.06質量部に代えて、表2に示す色材を表2に示す量(質量部)で配合した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液RC3~RC6を得た。
<Examples 2 to 9, Comparative Examples RC1 to RC6>
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersions R2 to R9 and Coloring Material Dispersions RC1 to R6 In Examples 2 to 5, in the production of the above (1) Coloring Material Dispersion R1 of Example 1, C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and the amount of the DPP pigment (D1) were changed to the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 1, respectively, in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1 to disperse the colorant. Liquids R2 to R5 were obtained.
In Examples 6 to 9, in the above (1) production of the colorant dispersion R1 of Example 1, I. Pigment Red 291 and the DPP pigment (D1) were changed to the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 2, respectively. I. Pigment Red 254 (PR254, trade name: Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781, CLARIANT), C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (PR264, trade name: SR6T, manufactured by CINIC Chemicals), Azo Derivative 1 obtained in Synthesis Example 2, or Azo Derivative 2 obtained in Synthesis Example 3 in an amount (parts by mass) shown in Table 2. Coloring material dispersions R6 to R9 were obtained in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1, except for mixing.
In Comparative Example 1, in the production of the above (1) colorant dispersion R1 of Example 1, the DPP pigment (D1) was not added, and C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 was changed to 12.0 parts by mass, and a colorant dispersion liquid RC1 was obtained in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1.
In Comparative Example 2, in the production of (1) the colorant dispersion R1 in Example 1, C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 was not used, and the amount of the DPP pigment (D1) was changed to 12.0 parts by mass in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1 to obtain a colorant dispersion liquid RC2.
In Comparative Examples 3 to 6, C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (11.94 parts by mass) and DPP pigment (D1) 0.06 parts by mass in place of the coloring materials shown in Table 2 in the amounts (parts by mass) shown in Table 2 except for the above. In the same manner as in (1), color material dispersions RC3 to RC6 were obtained.
(2)着色樹脂組成物R2~R9、着色樹脂組成物RC1~RC6の製造
 実施例1の上記(2)着色樹脂組成物R1の製造において、色材分散液R1に代えて、上記で得られた色材分散液R2~R9、及び色材分散液RC1~RC6を各々用いた以外は、実施例1の上記(2)と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物R2~R9、及び着色樹脂組成物RC1~RC6を得た。
(2) Production of Colored Resin Compositions R2 to R9 and Colored Resin Compositions RC1 to RC6 In the production of the above (2) Colored Resin Composition R1 of Example 1, instead of the coloring material dispersion R1, the above obtained components were obtained. Colored resin compositions R2 to R9, and colored resin compositions in the same manner as in the above (2) of Example 1, except that the colorant dispersions R2 to R9 and RC1 to RC6 were used. RC1 to RC6 were obtained.
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の上記(3)着色層の形成において、着色樹脂組成物R1に代えて、着色樹脂組成物R2~R9、及び着色樹脂組成物RC1~RC6を各々用いた以外は、実施例1の上記(3)と同様にして、着色層を形成した。
(3) Formation of Colored Layer In the formation of the colored layer (3) in Example 1, the colored resin composition R2 to R9 and the colored resin composition RC1 to RC6 were used instead of the colored resin composition R1. Except for the above, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in the above (3) of Example 1.
<実施例10~12>
 実施例3において、着色樹脂組成物R3の製造の際に、実施例10では合成例4で得られた析出抑制化合物I 0.02質量部を、実施例11では合成例5で得られた析出抑制化合物II 0.02質量部を、実施例12では析出抑制化合物III(メガファックF575、フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基含有化合物、DIC社製)0.02質量部を、更に加えた以外は、実施例3と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物R10~R12を得た。また、着色層の形成の際に、着色樹脂組成物R3に代えて、得られた着色樹脂組成物R10~R12を各々用いた以外は、実施例3と同様にして、着色層を形成した。
<Examples 10 to 12>
In Example 3, during the production of the colored resin composition R3, in Example 10, 0.02 parts by mass of the precipitation-inhibiting compound I obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was used, and in Example 11, the precipitation-obtained compound obtained in Synthesis Example 5 was used. 0.02 parts by mass of inhibitory compound II and 0.02 parts by mass of precipitation inhibitory compound III (Megafac F575, a compound containing a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cycloaliphatic group, manufactured by DIC) in Example 12 except that it was further added. In the same manner as in Example 3, colored resin compositions R10 to R12 were obtained. A colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 3, except that the obtained colored resin compositions R10 to R12 were used instead of the colored resin composition R3 when forming the colored layer.
<実施例13>
(1)色材分散液R13の製造
 実施例1の上記(1)色材分散液R1の製造において、C.I.ピグメントレッド291の配合量を6.84質量部に、DPP顔料(D1)の配合量を0.36質量部に変更し、更に、C.I.ピグメントレッド177(PR177、商品名:クロモファインレッド6121EC、大日精化製)を4.8質量部配合した以外は、実施例1の上記(1)と同様にして、色材分散液R13を得た。
(2)着色樹脂組成物R13の製造
 実施例1の上記(2)着色樹脂組成物R1の製造において、色材分散液R1に代えて、上記で得られた色材分散液R13を用いた以外は、実施例1の上記(2)と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物R13を得た。
(3)着色層の形成
 実施例1の上記(3)着色層の形成において、着色樹脂組成物R1に代えて、着色樹脂組成物R13を用いた以外は、実施例1の上記(3)と同様にして、着色層を形成した。
<Example 13>
(1) Production of Coloring Material Dispersion R13 In the production of (1) Coloring Material Dispersion R1 in Example 1, C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and the DPP pigment (D1) were changed to 6.84 parts by mass and 0.36 parts by mass, respectively. I. Pigment Red 177 (PR177, trade name: Chromofine Red 6121EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika) was prepared in the same manner as in the above (1) of Example 1 except that 4.8 parts by mass of colorant dispersion R13 was obtained. Was.
(2) Production of Colored Resin Composition R13 Except that, in the production of (2) Colored Resin Composition R1 in Example 1, the colorant dispersion R13 obtained above was used instead of the colorant dispersion R1. In the same manner as in the above (2) of Example 1, a colored resin composition R13 was obtained.
(3) Formation of Colored Layer In the formation of the colored layer (3) in Example 1, except that the colored resin composition R13 was used instead of the colored resin composition R1, Similarly, a colored layer was formed.
<実施例14>
 実施例13において、着色樹脂組成物R13の製造の際に、合成例4で得られた析出抑制化合物I 0.02質量部を更に加えた以外は、実施例13と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物R14を得た。また、着色層の形成の際に、着色樹脂組成物R13に代えて、着色樹脂組成物R14を用いた以外は、実施例13と同様にして着色層を形成した。
<Example 14>
In Example 13, a colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 13 except that 0.02 parts by mass of the precipitation-inhibiting compound I obtained in Synthesis Example 4 was further added during the production of the colored resin composition R13. The product R14 was obtained. Further, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 13 except that a colored resin composition R14 was used instead of the colored resin composition R13 when forming the colored layer.
<実施例15>
 実施例10において、着色樹脂組成物R10の製造の際に、チオール化合物(カレンズMTPE1、昭和電工製)0.2質量部を更に加えた以外は、実施例10と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物R15を得た。また、着色層の形成の際に、着色樹脂組成物R10に代えて、着色樹脂組成物R15を用いた以外は、実施例10と同様にして着色層を形成した。
<Example 15>
A colored resin composition was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10, except that 0.2 part by mass of a thiol compound (Karenz MTPE1, manufactured by Showa Denko) was further added during the production of the colored resin composition R10. R15 was obtained. Further, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Example 10 except that a colored resin composition R15 was used instead of the colored resin composition R10 when forming the colored layer.
<比較例7>
 比較例1において、着色樹脂組成物RC1の製造の際に、比較化合物IV(メガファックF444、パーフルオロアルキルエチレンオキシド付加物、DIC社製)0.02質量部を更に加えた以外は、比較例1と同様にして、着色樹脂組成物RC7を得た。また、着色層の形成の際に、着色樹脂組成物RC1に代えて、着色樹脂組成物RC7を用いた以外は、比較例1と同様にして着色層を形成した。
<Comparative Example 7>
Comparative Example 1 was prepared in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that 0.02 parts by mass of Comparative Compound IV (Megafac F444, a perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC) was further added when producing the colored resin composition RC1. In the same manner as in the above, a colored resin composition RC7 was obtained. Further, a colored layer was formed in the same manner as in Comparative Example 1, except that a colored resin composition RC7 was used instead of the colored resin composition RC1 when forming the colored layer.
<光学特性評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で形成した着色層の色度(x、y)、輝度(Y)及びコントラストを測定した。なお、色度(x、y)及び輝度はオリンパス(株)社製「顕微分光測定装置OSP-SP200」を用い、コントラストは壺坂電気(株)社製「コントラスト測定装置CT-1B」を用いて測定した。光源はC光源を用いた。
 表1、表3に、各実施例及び各比較例の色度(x、y)の測定結果を示す。
 また、表1~3に、各実施例及び各比較例の輝度(Y)の測定結果及びコントラストの評価結果を示す。
 コントラストは下記評価基準により評価した。
(コントラスト評価基準)
AAA:目標値に対して95%以上
AA:目標値に対して93%以上95%未満
A:目標値に対して90%以上93%未満
B:目標値に対して85%以上90%未満
C:目標値に対して85%未満
<Evaluation of optical characteristics>
The chromaticity (x, y), luminance (Y), and contrast of the colored layers formed in each of the examples and comparative examples were measured. The chromaticity (x, y) and the luminance were measured using a “spectrophotometer OSP-SP200” manufactured by Olympus Corporation, and the contrast was measured using a “contrast measurement device CT-1B” manufactured by Tsubosaka Electric Co., Ltd. Measured. The light source used was a C light source.
Tables 1 and 3 show the measurement results of the chromaticity (x, y) of each example and each comparative example.
Tables 1 to 3 show the measurement results of the luminance (Y) and the evaluation results of the contrast in each of the examples and the comparative examples.
The contrast was evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria.
(Contrast evaluation criteria)
AAA: 95% or more to the target value AA: 93% to less than 95% of the target value A: 90% to less than 93% of the target value B: 85% to less than 90% of the target value C : Less than 85% of target value
<析出評価>
 各実施例及び各比較例で作製した着色層の表面を、光学顕微鏡(製品名「MX61L」、OLYMPUS社製)で観察し、色材由来の化合物の析出の有無を確認した。倍率は100倍とし、500μm×500μmの領域で、透過にて観測可能な析出物の個数を計測し、下記評価基準により評価した。評価結果を表1~3に示す。
(析出評価基準)
AAA:0個(きわめて良好)
AA:1個以上3個以下(良好)
A:4個以上10個以下(使用上問題ないレベル)
B:11個以上20個以下(若干の析出はみられるものの、使用上問題ないレベル)
C:21個以上100個以下(使用上問題あり)
D:101個以上(使用上問題あり)
<Precipitation evaluation>
The surface of the colored layer produced in each of the examples and comparative examples was observed with an optical microscope (product name “MX61L”, manufactured by OLYMPUS) to confirm whether or not a compound derived from the coloring material was deposited. The magnification was 100 times, and the number of precipitates observable by transmission was measured in a region of 500 μm × 500 μm, and evaluated according to the following evaluation criteria. The evaluation results are shown in Tables 1 to 3.
(Precipitation evaluation criteria)
AAA: 0 (very good)
AA: 1 or more and 3 or less (good)
A: 4 or more and 10 or less (no problem in use)
B: 11 or more and 20 or less (although slight precipitation is observed, there is no problem in use)
C: 21 or more and 100 or less (there is a problem in use)
D: 101 or more (there is a problem in use)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000023
 表中の「DPP顔料(D1)の割合(質量%)」は、C.I.ピグメントレッド291と合成例1で得られたDPP顔料(D1)との合計100質量%中の、DPP顔料(D1)の割合(質量%)である。
 また、表中の各略号は以下の通りである。
・PR291:C.I.ピグメントレッド291(商品名:Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF、CINIC Chemicals製)
・PR254:C.I.ピグメントレッド254(商品名:Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781、CLARIANT製)
・PR264:C.I.ピグメントレッド264(商品名:SR6T、CINIC Chemicals製)
・PR177:C.I.ピグメントレッド177(商品名:クロモファインレッド6121EC、大日精化製)
・析出抑制化合物III:メガファックF575(フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基含有化合物、DIC社製)
・チオール化合物:カレンズMTPE1(昭和電工製)
・比較化合物IV:メガファックF444(パーフルオロアルキルエチレンオキシド付加物、DIC社製)
The “DPP pigment (D1) ratio (% by mass)” in the table refers to C.I. I. The ratio (% by mass) of the DPP pigment (D1) to the total 100% by mass of C.I. Pigment Red 291 and the DPP pigment (D1) obtained in Synthesis Example 1.
The abbreviations in the table are as follows.
* PR291: C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 (trade name: Cinilex DPP Red MT-CF, manufactured by CINIC Chemicals)
* PR254: C.I. I. Pigment Red 254 (trade name: Hostaperm Red D2B-COF LV3781 manufactured by CLARIANT)
* PR264: C.I. I. Pigment Red 264 (trade name: SR6T, manufactured by CINIC Chemicals)
* PR177: C.I. I. Pigment Red 177 (trade name: Chromo Fine Red 6121EC, manufactured by Dainichi Seika)
-Precipitation inhibiting compound III: Megafac F575 (compound containing fluorocarbon group and crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group, manufactured by DIC)
-Thiol compound: Karenz MTPE1 (manufactured by Showa Denko)
Comparative compound IV: Megafac F444 (perfluoroalkyl ethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC)
[結果のまとめ]
 C.I.ピグメントレッド291(PR291)と、前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料(DPP顔料(D1))とを組み合わせて含む実施例1~15の着色樹脂組成物では、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制された着色層を形成することができた。
 表1で示されているように、色材としてPR291とDPP顔料(D1)とを組み合わせて含む実施例1~5は、色材としてPR291のみを含む比較例1、及び色材としてDPP顔料(D1)のみを含む比較例2のいずれと比べても、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されており、輝度及びコントラストが向上していた。中でも、PR291とDPP顔料(D1)との合計100質量%中、DPP顔料(D1)の割合が1質量%以上30質量%以下の範囲内である実施例2~4は、実施例1、5に比べ、色材由来の化合物の析出が更に抑制されており、着色層の輝度及びコントラストが更に向上していた。
 また、表2で示されているように、色材としてPR254やPR264等のジケトピロロピロール系顔料を更に含んでいても、PR291とDPP顔料(D1)とを組み合わせて含む実施例6、7は、PR291又はDPP顔料(D1)の少なくともいずれかを含まない比較例3~6に比べ、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制されており、輝度及びコントラストが向上していた。なお、実施例6と比較例3~5、実施例7と比較例6は、各々色度(x、y)が同じ値になるが、同じ色度(x、y)を有する実施例と比較例とを対比すると、いずれも実施例の方が高輝度で、コントラストも向上していた。
 実施例8、9は、色材としてPR291とDPP顔料(D1)とを組み合わせて含み、更に黄色色材として前記黄色色材(D2)であるAzo誘導体1又はAzo誘導体2を含むことにより、色材由来の化合物の析出が更に抑制されており、輝度及びコントラストの低下も抑制されていた。中でも、前記黄色色材(D2)として、特定の金属のイオンを2種含むAzo誘導体2を用いた実施例9では、着色層の輝度が向上していた。
 また、表3で示されているように、色材としてPR291とDPP顔料(D1)とを組み合わせて含み、更に析出抑制化合物を含む実施例10~12は、析出抑制化合物を含まない実施例3に比べ、色材由来の化合物の析出が更に抑制されており、輝度及びコントラストも更に向上していた。析出抑制化合物に加え、更にチオール化合物を含む実施例15は、色材由来の化合物の析出がより更に抑制されていた。一方、比較例7では、比較化合物IV(商品名:メガファックF444、パーフルオロアルキルエチレンオキシド付加物、DIC社製)を用いたが、比較化合物IVを用いなかった比較例1に比べ、色材由来の化合物の析出を抑制することができず、輝度及びコントラストの低下も抑制することができなかった。
 また、色材としてPR291とDPP顔料(D1)とを組み合わせて含み、更にアントラキノン系顔料であるC.I.ピグメントレッド177(PR177)を含む実施例13においても、色材由来の化合物の析出が抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下が抑制されていた。PR177に加え、更に析出抑制化合物を含む実施例14は、色材由来の化合物の析出が更に抑制され、輝度及びコントラストの低下も更に抑制されていた。
[Summary of results]
C. I. Pigment Red 291 (PR291) and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment (DPP pigment (D1)) represented by the chemical formula (D1) in the coloring resin compositions of Examples 1 to 15, The formation of a colored layer in which the precipitation of the compound was suppressed and the decrease in brightness and contrast was suppressed was able to be formed.
As shown in Table 1, Examples 1 to 5 including the combination of PR291 and the DPP pigment (D1) as the colorant were Comparative Examples 1 including only PR291 as the colorant, and DPP pigment (as the colorant). Compared with any of Comparative Example 2 including only D1), precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was suppressed, and luminance and contrast were improved. Among them, Examples 2 to 4 in which the ratio of the DPP pigment (D1) is in the range of 1% by mass or more and 30% by mass or less in the total of 100% by mass of the PR291 and the DPP pigment (D1) are Examples 1 and 5. As compared with Comparative Example 2, precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was further suppressed, and the luminance and the contrast of the colored layer were further improved.
Further, as shown in Table 2, Examples 6 and 7 in which PR291 and DPP pigment (D1) are combined, even though diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigments such as PR254 and PR264 are further included as coloring materials. As compared with Comparative Examples 3 to 6, which did not contain at least either PR291 or DPP pigment (D1), precipitation of compounds derived from coloring materials was suppressed, and luminance and contrast were improved. The chromaticity (x, y) of Example 6 and Comparative Examples 3 to 5 and the chromaticity (x, y) of Example 7 and Comparative Example 6 are the same, respectively. In comparison with the examples, all of the examples had higher luminance and improved contrast.
Examples 8 and 9 include a combination of PR291 and a DPP pigment (D1) as a coloring material, and further include an Azo derivative 1 or an Azo derivative 2 as the yellow coloring material (D2) as a yellow coloring material. Precipitation of the compound derived from the material was further suppressed, and reductions in luminance and contrast were also suppressed. Above all, in Example 9 using the Azo derivative 2 containing two kinds of specific metal ions as the yellow color material (D2), the luminance of the colored layer was improved.
Further, as shown in Table 3, Examples 10 to 12 containing a combination of PR291 and DPP pigment (D1) as coloring materials and further containing a precipitation-inhibiting compound were Examples 3 and 4 containing no precipitation-inhibiting compound. In comparison with the above, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was further suppressed, and the luminance and the contrast were further improved. In Example 15, which further contained a thiol compound in addition to the precipitation suppressing compound, the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was further suppressed. On the other hand, in Comparative Example 7, the comparative compound IV (trade name: Megafac F444, perfluoroalkylethylene oxide adduct, manufactured by DIC) was used. Was not able to suppress the precipitation of the compound, and was not able to suppress the decrease in brightness and contrast.
Further, it contains PR291 and DPP pigment (D1) in combination as coloring materials, and further contains C.I. I. Also in Example 13 including Pigment Red 177 (PR177), the precipitation of the compound derived from the coloring material was suppressed, and the decrease in luminance and contrast was suppressed. In Example 14, which further contained a precipitation-inhibiting compound in addition to PR177, the precipitation of the coloring material-derived compound was further suppressed, and the reduction in luminance and contrast was further suppressed.
 1 基板
 2 遮光部
 3 着色層
 10 カラーフィルタ
 20 対向基板
 30 液晶層
 40 液晶表示装置
 50 有機保護層
 60 無機酸化膜
 71 透明陽極
 72 正孔注入層
 73 正孔輸送層
 74 発光層
 75 電子注入層
 76 陰極
 80 有機発光体
100 有機発光表示装置
DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 1 Substrate 2 Light-shielding part 3 Colored layer 10 Color filter 20 Counter substrate 30 Liquid crystal layer 40 Liquid crystal display 50 Organic protective layer 60 Inorganic oxide film 71 Transparent anode 72 Hole injection layer 73 Hole transport layer 74 Light emitting layer 75 Electron injection layer 76 Cathode 80 Organic luminous body 100 Organic luminous display

Claims (12)

  1.  ポリマー(A)と、重合性化合物(B)と、重合開始剤(C)と、色材(D)とを含み、
     前記色材(D)が、C.I.ピグメントレッド291と、下記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料とを含む、着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    A polymer (A), a polymerizable compound (B), a polymerization initiator (C), and a coloring material (D);
    The color material (D) is C.I. I. Pigment Red 291 and a diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the following chemical formula (D1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
  2.  前記C.I.ピグメントレッド291と前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料との合計100質量%中、前記化学式(D1)で表されるジケトピロロピロール系顔料の割合が、1質量%以上30質量%以下である、請求項1に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 {C. I. Pigment Red 291 and the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) in a total of 100% by mass, and the proportion of the diketopyrrolopyrrole-based pigment represented by the chemical formula (D1) is 1% by mass or more. The colored resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the content is 30% by mass or less.
  3.  フルオロカーボン基及び架橋環式脂肪族基を有する化合物(E)を更に含む、請求項1又は2に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 3. The colored resin composition according to claim 1, further comprising a compound (E) having a fluorocarbon group and a crosslinked cyclic aliphatic group. 4.
  4.  前記化合物(E)における前記フルオロカーボン基の炭素数が2以上10以下である、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the number of carbon atoms of the fluorocarbon group in the compound (E) is 2 or more and 10 or less.
  5.  前記化合物(E)における前記架橋環式脂肪族基が、置換基を有していてもよいアダマンチル基、又は置換基を有していてもよいジシクロペンタニル基である、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 5. The compound (E), wherein the bridged cyclic aliphatic group is an adamantyl group which may have a substituent or a dicyclopentanyl group which may have a substituent. The colored resin composition according to any one of the above.
  6.  前記化合物(E)が、前記フルオロカーボン基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-1)に由来する構成単位と、前記架橋環式脂肪族基及びエチレン性不飽和基を有する化合物(E-2)に由来する構成単位とを含む共重合体である、請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The compound (E) comprises a structural unit derived from the compound (E-1) having a fluorocarbon group and an ethylenically unsaturated group, and a compound (E- The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 5, which is a copolymer containing a structural unit derived from 2).
  7.  前記色材(D)が、下記一般式(I)で表されるアゾ化合物及びそれの互変異性構造のアゾ化合物のモノ、ジ、トリ及びテトラアニオンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種のアニオンとCd,Co,Al,Cr,Sn,Pb,Zn,Fe,Ni,Cu及びMnからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種の金属のイオンと、下記一般式(II)で表される化合物とを含む黄色色材を更に含む、請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (一般式(I)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、-OH、-NH、-NH-CN、アシルアミノ、アルキルアミノ又はアリールアミノであり、Rはそれぞれ独立に、-OH又は-NHである。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (一般式(II)中、Rはそれぞれ独立に、水素原子又はアルキル基である。)
    The coloring material (D) is at least one selected from the group consisting of mono, di, tri and tetra anions of an azo compound represented by the following general formula (I) and an azo compound having a tautomeric structure thereof. An anion, at least one metal ion selected from the group consisting of Cd, Co, Al, Cr, Sn, Pb, Zn, Fe, Ni, Cu and Mn, and a compound represented by the following general formula (II) The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 6, further comprising a yellow coloring material containing:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    (In the general formula (I), Ra is each independently —OH, —NH 2 , —NH—CN, acylamino, alkylamino or arylamino, and R b is each independently —OH or —NH 2 Is.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    (In the general formula (II), R c is each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.)
  8.  チオール化合物(F)を更に含む、請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a thiol compound (F).
  9.  前記重合性化合物(B)が、光重合性化合物である、請求項1~8のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物。 着色 The colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein the polymerizable compound (B) is a photopolymerizable compound.
  10.  請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物の硬化物。 (10) A cured product of the colored resin composition according to any one of (1) to (9).
  11.  基板と、当該基板上に設けられた着色層とを少なくとも備えるカラーフィルタであって、当該着色層の少なくとも1つが請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の着色樹脂組成物の硬化物である、カラーフィルタ。 A color filter comprising at least a substrate and a colored layer provided on the substrate, wherein at least one of the colored layers is a cured product of the colored resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9. There is a color filter.
  12.  前記請求項11に記載のカラーフィルタを有する、表示装置。 A display device having the color filter according to claim 11.
PCT/JP2019/030718 2018-08-27 2019-08-05 Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device WO2020044975A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020540198A JP7308842B2 (en) 2018-08-27 2019-08-05 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
CN201980054340.3A CN112585507B (en) 2018-08-27 2019-08-05 Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018-158439 2018-08-27
JP2018158439 2018-08-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020044975A1 true WO2020044975A1 (en) 2020-03-05

Family

ID=69644265

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/030718 WO2020044975A1 (en) 2018-08-27 2019-08-05 Coloring resin composition, cured product, color filter and display device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JP7308842B2 (en)
CN (1) CN112585507B (en)
TW (1) TWI825150B (en)
WO (1) WO2020044975A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021004922A (en) * 2019-06-25 2021-01-14 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter and liquid-crystal display using the same
WO2024024508A1 (en) * 2022-07-25 2024-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62190186A (en) * 1986-01-31 1987-08-20 チバ−ガイギ アクチエンゲゼルシヤフト Manufacture of brominated pyrrolo-(3,4-c)-pyrrole
JP2011523433A (en) * 2008-05-28 2011-08-11 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Improved red filter composition
JP2014012838A (en) * 2012-07-04 2014-01-23 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Metal azo pigment and pigment preparation produced from them
WO2017169951A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP2017201384A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-09 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, method for producing the same and color filter
KR20190034820A (en) * 2017-09-25 2019-04-03 (주)지피엔이 Composite pigment and red pigment composition for color filter comprising the same
JP2019158990A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-19 東レ株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter substrate, and reflection type liquid crystal display
JP6586258B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-10-02 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20070031353A1 (en) * 2003-10-17 2007-02-08 Olof Wallquist Cosmetic formulations comprising diketo diphenyl pyrrolo-pyrrole pigments
CN101918497B (en) * 2007-12-26 2014-05-28 东洋油墨制造股份有限公司 Pigment composition for red color filter, method for producing the same, color composition using the same, and color filter
JP5268410B2 (en) * 2008-04-11 2013-08-21 富士フイルム株式会社 Pigment dispersion composition, method for producing pigment dispersion composition, colored polymerizable composition, color filter, and method for producing color filter
JP5544760B2 (en) * 2008-06-27 2014-07-09 凸版印刷株式会社 Red coloring composition, color filter substrate using the same, and method for producing the same
JP6248838B2 (en) * 2013-07-22 2017-12-20 Jsr株式会社 Colored composition, colored cured film, display element and solid-state image sensor
WO2018124087A1 (en) * 2016-12-28 2018-07-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colorant dispersion liquid for color filters, coloring resin composition for color filters, color filter and display device

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS62190186A (en) * 1986-01-31 1987-08-20 チバ−ガイギ アクチエンゲゼルシヤフト Manufacture of brominated pyrrolo-(3,4-c)-pyrrole
JP2011523433A (en) * 2008-05-28 2011-08-11 ビーエーエスエフ ソシエタス・ヨーロピア Improved red filter composition
JP2014012838A (en) * 2012-07-04 2014-01-23 Lanxess Deutschland Gmbh Metal azo pigment and pigment preparation produced from them
WO2017169951A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Resin composition, color filter and image display device
JP2017201384A (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-09 Dic株式会社 Pigment composition for color filters, method for producing the same and color filter
KR20190034820A (en) * 2017-09-25 2019-04-03 (주)지피엔이 Composite pigment and red pigment composition for color filter comprising the same
JP6586258B2 (en) * 2017-09-28 2019-10-02 株式会社Dnpファインケミカル Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP2019158990A (en) * 2018-03-09 2019-09-19 東レ株式会社 Colored resin composition, color filter substrate, and reflection type liquid crystal display

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2021004922A (en) * 2019-06-25 2021-01-14 東洋インキScホールディングス株式会社 Photosensitive coloring composition, and color filter and liquid-crystal display using the same
WO2024024508A1 (en) * 2022-07-25 2024-02-01 富士フイルム株式会社 Composition, film, optical filter, solid state imaging device, image display device, infrared radiation sensor, and method for producing camera module

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112585507A (en) 2021-03-30
CN112585507B (en) 2023-04-11
JPWO2020044975A1 (en) 2021-08-26
TWI825150B (en) 2023-12-11
JP7308842B2 (en) 2023-07-14
TW202009277A (en) 2020-03-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI509358B (en) Coloring composition, color filter, and display element
JP6586258B2 (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
JP6578252B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JP7076209B2 (en) Resin composition, color filter, and image display device
JP6059397B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filter, photosensitive colored resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
TWI510564B (en) Coloring composition for color filter, color filter, display element, and pigment dispersion for color filter
TWI704413B (en) Colored composition, colored cured film and display element
TW201840740A (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filter, color resin composition for color filter, color filter, and display device
JPWO2020241328A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin compositions for color filters, cured products, color filters, and display devices
JP6826828B2 (en) Color material dispersion for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP6868359B2 (en) Color material dispersion liquid for color filters, photosensitive coloring resin composition for color filters, color filters, and display devices
JP7308842B2 (en) Colored resin composition, cured product, color filter, and display device
TWI594076B (en) Coloring composition, color filter, and display element
JPWO2012023474A1 (en) Colorant, coloring composition, color filter and display element
JPWO2012005203A1 (en) Triarylmethane colorant, coloring composition, color filter, and display element
JP7506013B2 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine coloring material, coloring material liquid, colored curable composition, color filter, and display device
JP7105221B2 (en) COLOR MATERIAL DISPERSION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR RESIN COMPOSITION FOR COLOR FILTER, COLOR FILTER, DISPLAY
WO2023002875A1 (en) Halogenated phthalocyanine colorant, colored curable composition, color filter and display device
WO2023026894A1 (en) Photosensitive colored resin composition, color filter, and display device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 19854703

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2020540198

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19854703

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1